Add support for 64-bit ARM architecture: AArch64
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
aea77599 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
256@end ifset
625e1353
RH
257@ifset ALPHA
258
259@emph{Target Alpha options:}
260 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
261 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 262 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
263 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
264 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
265@end ifset
252b5132 266@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARC options:}
269 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
271@end ifset
272@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
273
274@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 275@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
276 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
277 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
278 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
279 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 280 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 281 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
282 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
283 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
284 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 285 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 286@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
287@ifset Blackfin
288
289@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
290 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
291 [@b{-mfdpic}]
292 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
293 [@b{-mnopic}]
294@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
295@ifset CRIS
296
297@emph{Target CRIS options:}
298 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
299 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
300 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 301 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
302@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
303@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
304@end ifset
252b5132 305@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D10V options:}
308 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target D30V options:}
313 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 314@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
315@ifset EPIPHANY
316
317@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
318 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
319@end ifset
252b5132 320@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
321
322@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
323 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
324@end ifset
325@ifset HPPA
326@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
327@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
328@ifset I80386
329
330@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 331 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 332 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 337@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
338 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
339 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
340 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 341@end ifset
587fe2b3 342@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 343
9e32ca89
NC
344@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
345 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
346 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
347 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 348 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 349 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 350 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
351 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
352@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
353@ifset IP2K
354
355@emph{Target IP2K options:}
356 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
357@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
358@ifset M32C
359
360@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 361 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 362@end ifset
587fe2b3 363@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 364
a4fb0134
SC
365@emph{Target M32R options:}
366 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 367 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 368@end ifset
252b5132 369@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
372 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 373@end ifset
60bcf0fa 374@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
375
376@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 377 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
378 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
379 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 380 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
381 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
382 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
383@end ifset
384@ifset MCORE
385
386@emph{Target MCORE options:}
387 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
388 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 389@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
390@ifset MICROBLAZE
391@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
392@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 397 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 398 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 399 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
400 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
401 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 402 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 403 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
404 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
405 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 407 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 408 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 409 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 410 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 411 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 412 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 413 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 414 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
415 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
416 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
417 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 418 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 419 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
420@end ifset
421@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
422
423@emph{Target MMIX options:}
424 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
425 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
426 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 427 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
428@end ifset
429@ifset PDP11
430
431@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
432 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
433 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 434 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
435@end ifset
436@ifset PJ
437
438@emph{Target picoJava options:}
439 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
440@end ifset
441@ifset PPC
442
443@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
444 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
445 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
446 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599
AM
447 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
448 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
b8b738ac
AM
449 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
450 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 451 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
452 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
453 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 454 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 455 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 456@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
457@ifset RX
458
459@emph{Target RX options:}
460 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
461 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
462 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
463@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
464@ifset S390
465
466@emph{Target s390 options:}
467 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
468 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
469 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
470@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
471@ifset SCORE
472
473@emph{Target SCORE options:}
474 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
475 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
476 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
477 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
478@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
479@ifset SPARC
480
481@emph{Target SPARC options:}
482@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
483 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
484 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
485 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
486 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
487@end ifset
488@ifset TIC54X
489
490@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 491 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
492 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
493@end ifset
3c9b82ba 494
40b36596
JM
495@ifset TIC6X
496
497@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
498 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
499 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
500 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 501@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
502@ifset TILEGX
503
504@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 505 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
506@end ifset
507@ifset TILEPRO
508@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
509@end ifset
40b36596 510
2d8b84ae
SA
511@ifset XTENSA
512
513@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
514 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
515 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
516 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
517 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
518@end ifset
519
3c9b82ba
NC
520@ifset Z80
521
522@emph{Target Z80 options:}
523 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
524 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
525 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
526 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
527 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
528 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
529 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
530@end ifset
531
a4fb0134
SC
532@ifset Z8000
533@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 534@end ifset
e0001a05 535
0285c67d 536@c man end
252b5132
RH
537@end smallexample
538
0285c67d
NC
539@c man begin OPTIONS
540
a4fb0134 541@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 542@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 543
83f10cb2 544@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
545Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
546
a4fb0134 547@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
548@item -ac
549omit false conditionals
550
551@item -ad
552omit debugging directives
553
83f10cb2
NC
554@item -ag
555include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
556
252b5132
RH
557@item -ah
558include high-level source
559
560@item -al
561include assembly
562
563@item -am
564include macro expansions
565
566@item -an
567omit forms processing
568
569@item -as
570include symbols
571
572@item =file
573set the name of the listing file
574@end table
575
576You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
577listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
578the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
579
caa32fe5 580@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
581Begin in alternate macro mode.
582@ifclear man
583@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
584@end ifclear
caa32fe5 585
955974c6
CC
586@item --compress-debug-sections
587Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
588to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
589compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
590
591@item --nocompress-debug-sections
592Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
593
252b5132
RH
594@item -D
595Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
596other assemblers.
597
3d6b762c
JM
598@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
599When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
600information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
601
252b5132
RH
602@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
603Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
604@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
605indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
606value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
607use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
608
609@item -f
610``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
611compiler output).
612
329e276d
NC
613@item -g
614@itemx --gen-debug
615Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
616debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
617ECOFF or DWARF2.
618
252b5132
RH
619@item --gstabs
620Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
621may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
622
05da4302
NC
623@item --gstabs+
624Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
625extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
626debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
627may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
628the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
629
329e276d 630@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 631Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 632may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 633option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 634
21be61f5
L
635@item --size-check=error
636@itemx --size-check=warning
637Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
638
252b5132
RH
639@item --help
640Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
641
ea20a7da
CC
642@item --target-help
643Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
644
252b5132
RH
645@item -I @var{dir}
646Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
647
648@item -J
649Don't warn about signed overflow.
650
651@item -K
652@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
653This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
654@end ifclear
655@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
656Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
657@end ifset
658
659@item -L
660@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
661Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
662system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
663or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
664@ifclear man
665@xref{Symbol Names}.
666@end ifclear
252b5132 667
c3a27914
NC
668@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
669Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
670listing to @var{number}.
671
672@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
673Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
674lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
675
676@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
677Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
678@var{number} bytes.
679
680@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
681Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
682to @var{number} + 1.
683
252b5132 684@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 685Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
686
687@item -R
688Fold the data section into the text section.
689
4bdd3565
NC
690@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
691Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
692@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
693assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
694memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
695requirements at the expense of speed.
696
697@item --reduce-memory-overheads
698This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
699assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
700@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
701
252b5132
RH
702@item --statistics
703Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
704assembly.
705
706@item --strip-local-absolute
707Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
708
709@item -v
710@itemx -version
a4fb0134 711Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
712
713@item --version
a4fb0134 714Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
715
716@item -W
2bdd6cf5 717@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
718Suppress warning messages.
719
2bdd6cf5
GK
720@item --fatal-warnings
721Treat warnings as errors.
722
723@item --warn
724Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
725
252b5132
RH
726@item -w
727Ignored.
728
729@item -x
730Ignored.
731
732@item -Z
733Generate an object file even after errors.
734
735@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
736Standard input, or source files to assemble.
737
738@end table
2a633939
JM
739@c man end
740
a06ea964
NC
741@ifset AARCH64
742
743@ifclear man
744@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
745for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
746@end ifclear
747
748@ifset man
749@c man begin OPTIONS
750The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
75164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
752@c man end
753@c man begin INCLUDE
754@include c-aarch64.texi
755@c ended inside the included file
756@end ifset
757
758@end ifset
759
2a633939
JM
760@ifset ALPHA
761
762@ifclear man
763@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
764for an Alpha processor.
765@end ifclear
766
767@ifset man
768@c man begin OPTIONS
769The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
770processor.
771@c man end
772@c man begin INCLUDE
773@include c-alpha.texi
774@c ended inside the included file
775@end ifset
776
777@end ifset
252b5132 778
2a633939 779@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
780@ifset ARC
781The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
782an ARC processor.
783
a4fb0134 784@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
785@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
786This option selects the core processor variant.
787@item -EB | -EL
788Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
789@end table
790@end ifset
791
792@ifset ARM
793The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
794processor family.
795
a4fb0134 796@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 797@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 798Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 799@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 800Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 801@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 802Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
803@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
804Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
805@item -mthumb
806Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 807@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
808Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
809@item -EB | -EL
810Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
811@item -mthumb-interwork
812Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
813ARM code in mind.
814@item -k
815Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
816@end table
817@end ifset
635fb38d 818@c man end
252b5132 819
9982501a 820@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
821
822@ifclear man
823@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
824configured for the Blackfin processor family.
825@end ifclear
826
827@ifset man
828@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
830the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
831@c man end
832@c man begin INCLUDE
833@include c-bfin.texi
834@c ended inside the included file
835@end ifset
9982501a 836
9982501a
JZ
837@end ifset
838
635fb38d 839@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
840@ifset CRIS
841See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
842@end ifset
843
252b5132
RH
844@ifset D10V
845The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
846a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 847@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
848@cindex D10V optimization
849@cindex optimization, D10V
850@item -O
851Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
852@end table
853@end ifset
854
855@ifset D30V
856The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
857processor.
a4fb0134 858@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
859@cindex D30V optimization
860@cindex optimization, D30V
861@item -O
862Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
863
864@cindex D30V nops
865@item -n
866Warn when nops are generated.
867
868@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
869@item -N
870Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
871@end table
872@end ifset
731caf76
L
873@c man end
874
cfb8c092
NC
875@ifset EPIPHANY
876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
877Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
878
56b13185
JR
879@ifclear man
880@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
881configured for an Epiphany processor.
882@end ifclear
cfb8c092 883
56b13185
JR
884@ifset man
885@c man begin OPTIONS
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
887an Epiphany processor.
888@c man end
889@c man begin INCLUDE
890@include c-epiphany.texi
891@c ended inside the included file
892@end ifset
cfb8c092 893
cfb8c092
NC
894@end ifset
895
731caf76 896@ifset I80386
252b5132 897
731caf76
L
898@ifclear man
899@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
900configured for an i386 processor.
901@end ifclear
902
903@ifset man
904@c man begin OPTIONS
905The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
906an i386 processor.
907@c man end
908@c man begin INCLUDE
909@include c-i386.texi
910@c ended inside the included file
911@end ifset
912
913@end ifset
914
915@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
916@ifset I960
917The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
918Intel 80960 processor.
919
a4fb0134 920@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
921@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
922Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
923
924@item -b
925Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
926
927@item -no-relax
928Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
929error if necessary.
930
931@end table
932@end ifset
933
a40cbfa3
NC
934@ifset IP2K
935The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 936Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
937
938@table @gcctabopt
939
940@item -mip2022ext
941Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
942
943@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 944Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
945just the basic IP2022 ones.
946
947@end table
948@end ifset
949
49f58d10
JB
950@ifset M32C
951The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
952Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
953
954@table @gcctabopt
955
956@item -m32c
957Assemble M32C instructions.
958
959@item -m16c
960Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
961
c54b5932
DD
962@item -relax
963Enable support for link-time relaxations.
964
965@item -h-tick-hex
966Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
967
49f58d10
JB
968@end table
969@end ifset
970
ec694b89
NC
971@ifset M32R
972The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 973Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 974
a4fb0134 975@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
976
977@item --m32rx
978Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
979is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
980
981@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
982Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 983encountered.
ec694b89
NC
984
985@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
986Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
987encountered.
ec694b89
NC
988
989@end table
990@end ifset
252b5132
RH
991
992@ifset M680X0
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
994Motorola 68000 series.
995
a4fb0134 996@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
997
998@item -l
999Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1000
0285c67d
NC
1001@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1002@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1003@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1004Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1005is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1006
1007@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1008The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1009The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1010the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1011two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1012coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1013
1014@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1015The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1016unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1017
1018@end table
1019@end ifset
1020
e135f41b
NC
1021@ifset PDP11
1022
1023For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1024see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1025
a4fb0134 1026@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1027@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1028Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1029default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1030
1031@item -mall
1032@itemx -mall-extensions
1033Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1034
1035@item -mno-extensions
1036Disable all instruction set extensions.
1037
1038@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1039Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1040
1041@item -m@var{cpu}
1042Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1043disable all other extensions.
1044
1045@item -m@var{machine}
1046Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1047model, and disable all other extensions.
1048@end table
1049
1050@end ifset
1051
041dd5a9
ILT
1052@ifset PJ
1053The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1054a picoJava processor.
1055
a4fb0134 1056@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1057
1058@cindex PJ endianness
1059@cindex endianness, PJ
1060@cindex big endian output, PJ
1061@item -mb
1062Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1063
1064@cindex little endian output, PJ
1065@item -ml
1066Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1067
1068@end table
1069@end ifset
1070
60bcf0fa
NC
1071@ifset M68HC11
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1073Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1074
a4fb0134 1075@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1076
6927f982 1077@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1078Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1079defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1080
6927f982
NC
1081@item --xgate-ramoffset
1082Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1083XGATE address space.
1084
2f904664
SC
1085@item -mshort
1086Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1087
1088@item -mlong
01642c12 1089Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1090
1091@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1092Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1093
1094@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1095Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1096
1370e33d 1097@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1098Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1099conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1100sub routine.
1101
1370e33d
NC
1102@item -S | --short-branches
1103Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1104when the offset is out of range.
1105
1106@item --strict-direct-mode
1107Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1108when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1109
1110@item --print-insn-syntax
1111Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1112
1113@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1114Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1115
1116@item --generate-example
6927f982 1117Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1118This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1119
1120@end table
1121@end ifset
1122
252b5132 1123@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1124The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1125for the SPARC architecture:
1126
a4fb0134 1127@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1128@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1129@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1130Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1131
1132@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1133@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1134
1135@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1136UltraSPARC extensions.
1137
1138@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1139For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1140equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1141
1142@item -bump
1143Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1144@end table
1145@end ifset
1146
39bec121
TW
1147@ifset TIC54X
1148The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1149architecture.
39bec121 1150
a4fb0134 1151@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1152@item -mfar-mode
1153Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1154extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1155@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1156Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1157@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1158Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1159behaviour in the shell.
1160@end table
1161@end ifset
1162
252b5132
RH
1163@ifset MIPS
1164The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1165a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1166
a4fb0134 1167@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1168@item -G @var{num}
1169This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1170implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1171use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1172
1173@cindex MIPS endianness
1174@cindex endianness, MIPS
1175@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1176@item -EB
1177Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1178
1179@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1180@item -EL
1181Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1182
1183@cindex MIPS ISA
1184@item -mips1
1185@itemx -mips2
1186@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1187@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1188@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1189@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1190@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1191@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1192@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1193Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1194@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1195alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1196@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1197@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1198@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1199correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1200@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1201and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1202ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1203
1204@item -march=@var{CPU}
1205Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1206
1207@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1208Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1209
1210@item -mfix7000
1211@itemx -mno-fix7000
1212Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1213of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1214
ecb4347a
DJ
1215@item -mdebug
1216@itemx -no-mdebug
1217Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1218section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1219
dcd410fe
RO
1220@item -mpdr
1221@itemx -mno-pdr
1222Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1223
437ee9d5
TS
1224@item -mgp32
1225@itemx -mfp32
1226The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1227flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1228all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1229and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1230
1231@item -mips16
1232@itemx -no-mips16
1233Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1234@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1235turns off this option.
252b5132 1236
df58fc94
RS
1237@item -mmicromips
1238@itemx -mno-micromips
1239Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1240@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1241turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1242at the start of the assembly file.
1243
e16bfa71
TS
1244@item -msmartmips
1245@itemx -mno-smartmips
1246Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1247equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1248@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1249
1f25f5d3
CD
1250@item -mips3d
1251@itemx -no-mips3d
1252Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1253This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1254@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1255
deec1734
CD
1256@item -mdmx
1257@itemx -no-mdmx
1258Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1259This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1260@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1261
2ef2b9ae
CF
1262@item -mdsp
1263@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1264Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1265This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1266@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1267
8b082fb1
TS
1268@item -mdspr2
1269@itemx -mno-dspr2
1270Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1271This option implies -mdsp.
1272This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1273@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1274
ef2e4d86
CF
1275@item -mmt
1276@itemx -mno-mt
1277Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1278This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1279@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1280
dec0624d
MR
1281@item -mmcu
1282@itemx -mno-mcu
1283Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1284This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1285@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1286
437ee9d5
TS
1287@item --construct-floats
1288@itemx --no-construct-floats
1289The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1290double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1291value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1292the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1293selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1294
1295@cindex emulation
1296@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1297This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1298for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1299between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1300debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1301endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1302@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1303@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1304of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1305the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1306in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1307selection in any case.
1308
1309This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1310@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1311Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1312@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1313the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1314configuration includes support for both.
1315
1316Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1317fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1318more processors.
1319
1320@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1321@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1322the native tools.
1323
252b5132
RH
1324@item --trap
1325@itemx --no-trap
1326@itemx --break
1327@itemx --no-break
1328Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1329@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1330(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1331@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1332break exception.
63486801
L
1333
1334@item -n
a4fb0134 1335When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1336time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1337@end table
1338@end ifset
1339
1340@ifset MCORE
1341The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1342an MCore processor.
1343
a4fb0134 1344@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1345@item -jsri2bsr
1346@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1347Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1348The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1349
1350@item -sifilter
1351@itemx -nosifilter
1352Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1353The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1354
1355@item -relax
1356Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1357
ec694b89
NC
1358@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1359Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1360can be assembled.
1361
1362@item -EB
1363Assemble for a big endian target.
1364
1365@item -EL
1366Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1367
1368@end table
1369@end ifset
1370
3c3bdf30
NC
1371@ifset MMIX
1372See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1373@end ifset
1374
635fb38d 1375@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1376@ifset PPC
1377
1378@ifclear man
1379@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1380for a PowerPC processor.
1381@end ifclear
1382
1383@ifset man
1384@c man begin OPTIONS
1385The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1386PowerPC processor.
1387@c man end
1388@c man begin INCLUDE
1389@include c-ppc.texi
1390@c ended inside the included file
1391@end ifset
1392
1393@end ifset
1394
635fb38d 1395@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1396@ifset RX
1397See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1398@end ifset
1399
11c19e16
MS
1400@ifset S390
1401The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1402processor family.
1403
1404@table @gcctabopt
1405@item -m31
1406@itemx -m64
1407Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1408@item -mesa
1409@item -mzarch
1410Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1411Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1412@item -march=@var{processor}
1413Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1414@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1415@item -mregnames
1416@itemx -mno-regnames
1417Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1418@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1419Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1420but evaluates to zero.
1421@end table
1422@end ifset
2a633939 1423@c man end
11c19e16 1424
40b36596 1425@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1426
1427@ifclear man
1428@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1429for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1430@end ifclear
1431
1432@ifset man
1433@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1434The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1435TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1436@c man end
1437@c man begin INCLUDE
1438@include c-tic6x.texi
1439@c ended inside the included file
1440@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1441
1442@end ifset
1443
aa137e4d
NC
1444@ifset TILEGX
1445
1446@ifclear man
1447@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1448for a TILE-Gx processor.
1449@end ifclear
1450
1451@ifset man
1452@c man begin OPTIONS
1453The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1454processor.
1455@c man end
1456@c man begin INCLUDE
1457@include c-tilegx.texi
1458@c ended inside the included file
1459@end ifset
1460
1461@end ifset
1462
e0001a05 1463@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1464
2d8b84ae
SA
1465@ifclear man
1466@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1467for an Xtensa processor.
1468@end ifclear
1469
1470@ifset man
1471@c man begin OPTIONS
1472The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1473Xtensa processor.
1474@c man end
1475@c man begin INCLUDE
1476@include c-xtensa.texi
1477@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1478@end ifset
1479
2d8b84ae
SA
1480@end ifset
1481
1482@c man begin OPTIONS
1483
3c9b82ba
NC
1484@ifset Z80
1485The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1486a Z80 family processor.
1487@table @gcctabopt
1488@item -z80
1489Assemble for Z80 processor.
1490@item -r800
1491Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1492@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1493@itemx -Wnud
1494Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1495@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1496@itemx -Wnup
1497Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1498@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1499@itemx -Wud
1500Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1501@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1502@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1503Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1504@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1505@itemx -Fud
1506Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1507@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1508@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1509Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1510@end table
1511@end ifset
1512
0285c67d
NC
1513@c man end
1514
252b5132
RH
1515@menu
1516* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1517* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1518* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1519* Command Line:: Command Line
1520* Input Files:: Input Files
1521* Object:: Output (Object) File
1522* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1523@end menu
1524
1525@node Manual
1526@section Structure of this Manual
1527
1528@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1529This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1530@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1531notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1532@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1533
1534@ifclear GENERIC
1535We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1536configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1537@end ifclear
1538@ifset GENERIC
1539This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1540various flavors of the assembler.
1541@end ifset
1542
1543@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1544On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1545to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1546In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1547architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1548mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1549particular architecture.
1550@ifset GENERIC
1551You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1552machine architecture manual for this information.
1553@end ifset
1554@ifclear GENERIC
1555@ifset H8/300
1556For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1557Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1558Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1559@end ifset
252b5132 1560@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1561For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1562see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1563@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1564@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1565@end ifset
1566@ifset Z8000
1567For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1568@end ifset
1569@end ifclear
1570
1571@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1572@ignore
1573Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1574the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1575Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1576computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1577once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1578qualification.
1579
a4fb0134 1580@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1581human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1582computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1583@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1584@end ignore
1585
1586@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1587@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1588@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1589@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1590@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1591@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1592@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1593@c directives).
1594
1595@node GNU Assembler
1596@section The GNU Assembler
1597
0285c67d
NC
1598@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1599
a4fb0134 1600@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1601@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1602This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1603configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1604@end ifclear
1605If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1606should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1607architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1608including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1609@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1610
1611@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1612@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1613@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1614@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1615assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1616machine would assemble.
1617@ifset VAX
1618Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1619@end ifset
1620@ifset M680X0
1621@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1622@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1623This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1624assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1625incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1626@end ifset
1627
0285c67d
NC
1628@c man end
1629
a4fb0134 1630Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1631program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1632@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1633
1634@node Object Formats
1635@section Object File Formats
1636
1637@cindex object file format
1638The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1639object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1640write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1641are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1642Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1643@ifclear GENERIC
1644@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1645For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1646@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1647@end ifclear
1648@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1649@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1650On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1651@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1652@end ifset
1653@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1654On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1655SOM or ELF format object files.
1656@end ifset
1657@end ifclear
1658
1659@node Command Line
1660@section Command Line
1661
1662@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1663
a4fb0134 1664After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1665options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1666before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1667significant.
1668
1669@cindex standard input, as input file
1670@kindex --
1671@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1672explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1673
1674@cindex options, command line
1675Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1676hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1677@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1678option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1679the letter is important. All options are optional.
1680
1681Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1682name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1683with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1684standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1685
1686@smallexample
1687@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1688@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1689@end smallexample
1690
1691@node Input Files
1692@section Input Files
1693
1694@cindex input
1695@cindex source program
1696@cindex files, input
1697We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1698describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1699be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1700doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1701
1702@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1703@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1704The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1705order specified.
1706
0285c67d 1707@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1708Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1709program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1710(The standard input is also a file.)
1711
a4fb0134 1712You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1713names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1714command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1715is taken to be an input file name.
1716
a4fb0134
SC
1717If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1718from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1719may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1720to assemble.
1721
1722Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1723in your command line.
1724
a4fb0134 1725If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1726file.
1727
0285c67d
NC
1728@c man end
1729
252b5132
RH
1730@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1731
1732@cindex input file linenumbers
1733@cindex line numbers, in input files
1734There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1735either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1736number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1737``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1738
1739@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1740to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1741
1742@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1743directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1744error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1745is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1746@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1747@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1748
1749@node Object
1750@section Output (Object) File
1751
1752@cindex object file
1753@cindex output file
1754@kindex a.out
1755@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1756Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1757your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1758is the object file. Its default name is
1759@ifclear BOUT
1760@code{a.out}.
1761@end ifclear
1762@ifset BOUT
1763@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1764@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1765@end ifset
a4fb0134 1766@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1767@end ifset
a4fb0134 1768You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1769object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1770reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1771directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1772possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1773
1774@cindex linker
1775@kindex ld
1776The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1777assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1778the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1779information for the debugger.
1780
1781@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1782@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1783
1784@node Errors
1785@section Error and Warning Messages
1786
0285c67d
NC
1787@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1788
a349d9dd 1789@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1790@cindex warning messages
1791@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1792@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1793file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1794runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1795that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1796grave problem that stops the assembly.
1797
0285c67d
NC
1798@c man end
1799
252b5132
RH
1800@cindex format of warning messages
1801Warning messages have the format
1802
1803@smallexample
1804file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1805@end smallexample
1806
1807@noindent
1808@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1809(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1810(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1811the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1812@ifset GENERIC
1813(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1814@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1815then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1816otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1817message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1818tradition).
1819
1820@cindex format of error messages
1821Error messages have the format
1822@smallexample
1823file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1824@end smallexample
1825The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1826messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1827because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1828
1829@node Invoking
1830@chapter Command-Line Options
1831
1832@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1833This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1834versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1835for options specific
252b5132 1836@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1837to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1838@end ifclear
1839@ifset GENERIC
1840to particular machine architectures.
1841@end ifset
1842
0285c67d
NC
1843@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1844
c1253627 1845If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1846you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1847The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1848by commas. For example:
1849
1850@smallexample
1851gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1852@end smallexample
1853
1854@noindent
1855This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1856standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1857local symbols in the symbol table).
1858
1859Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1860command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1861(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1862precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1863assembler.)
1864
0285c67d
NC
1865@c man end
1866
252b5132 1867@menu
83f10cb2 1868* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1869* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1870* D:: -D for compatibility
1871* f:: -f to work faster
1872* I:: -I for .include search path
1873@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1874* K:: -K for compatibility
1875@end ifclear
1876@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1877* K:: -K for difference tables
1878@end ifset
1879
ba83aca1 1880* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1881* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1882* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1883* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1884* o:: -o to name the object file
1885* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1886* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1887* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1888* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1889* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1890* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1891@end menu
1892
1893@node a
83f10cb2 1894@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1895
1896@kindex -a
1897@kindex -ac
1898@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1899@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1900@kindex -ah
1901@kindex -al
1902@kindex -an
1903@kindex -as
1904@cindex listings, enabling
1905@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1906
1907These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1908@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1909You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1910@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1911@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1912@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1913High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1914@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1915also.
1916
83f10cb2
NC
1917Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1918information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1919
252b5132
RH
1920Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1921which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1922other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1923omitted from the listing.
1924
1925Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1926listing.
1927
1928Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1929listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1930@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1931@code{.sbttl}.
1932The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1933If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1934listing-control directives have no effect.
1935
1936The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1937@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1938
96e9638b
BW
1939Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1940because it
c3a27914
NC
1941is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1942is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1943directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1944stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1945memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1946
caa32fe5
NC
1947@node alternate
1948@section @option{--alternate}
1949
1950@kindex --alternate
1951Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1952
252b5132 1953@node D
a4fb0134 1954@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1955
1956@kindex -D
1957This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1958likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1959@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1960
1961@node f
a4fb0134 1962@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1963
1964@kindex -f
1965@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1966@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1967@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1968(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1969and comment preprocessing on
1970the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1971,Preprocessing}.
1972
1973@quotation
1974@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1975preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1976not work correctly.
1977@end quotation
1978
1979@node I
c1253627 1980@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1981
1982@kindex -I @var{path}
1983@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1984@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1985@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1986Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1987@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1988directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1989many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1990working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1991searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1992specified (left to right) on the command line.
1993
1994@node K
a4fb0134 1995@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1996
1997@kindex -K
1998@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1999On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2000permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2001where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2002generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2003family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2004alteration on other platforms.
2005@end ifclear
2006
2007@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2008@cindex difference tables, warning
2009@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2010@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2011form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2012You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2013is done.
2014@end ifset
2015
2016@node L
ba83aca1 2017@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2018
2019@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2020@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2021Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2022@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2023called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2024such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2025programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2026notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2027such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2028
2029This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2030in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2031@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2032
c3a27914 2033@node listing
a4fb0134 2034@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2035
2036The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2037@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2038hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2039them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2040directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2041@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2042@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2043@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2044
a4fb0134 2045@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2046@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2047@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2048@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2049Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2050dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2051
2052@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2053@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2054@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2055Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2056a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2057the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2058switch is used the default is to one.
2059
2060@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2061@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2062@cindex Width of source line output
2063Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2064alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2065source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2066
2067@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2068@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2069@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2070Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2071displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2072@end table
2073
252b5132 2074@node M
a4fb0134 2075@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2076
2077@kindex -M
2078@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2079The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2080changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2081compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2082configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2083MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2084information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2085arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2086assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2087
2088The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2089depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2090file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2091individually. These are:
2092
2093@itemize @bullet
2094@item global symbols in common section
2095
2096The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2097Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2098common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2099symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2100symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2101
2102@item complex relocations
2103
2104The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2105relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2106are not support by other object file formats.
2107
2108@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2109
2110The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2111This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2112instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2113script.
2114
2115@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2116
2117The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2118name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2119
2120@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2121
2122The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2123address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2124which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2125not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2126assigned within a linker script.
2127@end itemize
2128
2129There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2130@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2131seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2132
2133@itemize @bullet
2134
2135@item EBCDIC strings
2136
2137EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2138
2139@item packed binary coded decimal
2140
2141Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2142and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2143
2144@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2145
2146The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2147
2148@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2149
2150The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2151
2152@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2153
2154The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2155@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2156relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2157these options serve no purpose.
2158
2159@item @code{OPT} list control options
2160
2161The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2162@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2163@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2164
2165@item other @code{OPT} options
2166
2167The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2168@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2169
2170@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2171
2172The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2173@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2174
2175@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2176
2177The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2178
2179@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2180
2181The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2182
2183@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2184
2185The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2186
2187@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2188
2189The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2190
2191@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2192
2193The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2194
2195@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2196
2197The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2198
2199@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2200
2201The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2202
2203@end itemize
2204
2205@node MD
c1253627 2206@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2207
2208@kindex --MD
2209@cindex dependency tracking
2210@cindex make rules
2211
a4fb0134 2212@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2213file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2214dependencies of the main source file.
2215
2216The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2217
2218This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2219
2220@node o
a4fb0134 2221@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2222
2223@kindex -o
2224@cindex naming object file
2225@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2226There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2227default it has the name
2228@ifset GENERIC
2229@ifset I960
2230@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2231@end ifset
2232@ifclear I960
2233@file{a.out}.
2234@end ifclear
2235@end ifset
2236@ifclear GENERIC
2237@ifset I960
2238@file{b.out}.
2239@end ifset
2240@ifclear I960
2241@file{a.out}.
2242@end ifclear
2243@end ifclear
2244You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2245object file a different name.
2246
a4fb0134 2247Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2248existing file of the same name.
2249
2250@node R
a4fb0134 2251@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2252
2253@kindex -R
2254@cindex data and text sections, joining
2255@cindex text and data sections, joining
2256@cindex joining text and data sections
2257@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2258@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2259data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2260the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2261section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2262your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2263appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2264
a4fb0134 2265When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2266address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2267data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2268older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2269
c1253627
NC
2270@ifset COFF-ELF
2271When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2272this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2273@samp{.data}.
2274@end ifset
2275
2276@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2277@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2278@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2279@end ifset
2280
2281@node statistics
a4fb0134 2282@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2283
2284@kindex --statistics
2285@cindex statistics, about assembly
2286@cindex time, total for assembly
2287@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2288Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2289@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2290(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2291seconds).
2292
2293@node traditional-format
c1253627 2294@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2295
2296@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2297For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2298from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2299@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2300
2301For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2302@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2303
2304@node v
a4fb0134 2305@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2306
2307@kindex -v
2308@kindex -version
2309@cindex assembler version
2310@cindex version of assembler
2311You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2312option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2313command line.
2314
2315@node W
a4fb0134 2316@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2317
a4fb0134 2318@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2319assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2320cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2321made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2322
c1253627
NC
2323@kindex -W
2324@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2325@cindex suppressing warnings
2326@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2327If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2328This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2329how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2330are still reported.
2331
c1253627 2332@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2333@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2334@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2335If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2336files that generate warnings to be in error.
2337
c1253627 2338@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2339@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2340You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2341causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2342
2343@node Z
a4fb0134 2344@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2345@cindex object file, after errors
2346@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2347After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2348some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2349@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2350option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2351writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2352errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2353
2354@node Syntax
2355@chapter Syntax
2356
2357@cindex machine-independent syntax
2358@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2359This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2360source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2361assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2362@ifclear VAX
2363assembler.
2364@end ifclear
2365@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2366assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2367@end ifset
2368
2369@menu
7c31ae13 2370* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2371* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2372* Comments:: Comments
2373* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2374* Statements:: Statements
2375* Constants:: Constants
2376@end menu
2377
2378@node Preprocessing
2379@section Preprocessing
2380
2381@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2382The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2383@itemize @bullet
2384@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2385@item
2386adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2387the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2388a single space.
2389
2390@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2391@item
2392removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2393appropriate number of newlines.
2394
2395@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2396@item
2397converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2398@end itemize
2399
2400It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2401anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2402do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2403(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2404to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2405@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2406Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2407
2408Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2409cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2410preprocessed.
2411
2412@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2413@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2414@kindex #NO_APP
2415@kindex #APP
2416If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2417@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2418Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2419specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2420text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2421@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2422@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2423and whitespace.
2424
2425@node Whitespace
2426@section Whitespace
2427
2428@cindex whitespace
2429@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2430Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2431people to read. Unless within character constants
2432(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2433as exactly one space.
2434
2435@node Comments
2436@section Comments
2437
2438@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2439There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2440cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2441
2442Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2443This means you may not nest these comments.
2444
2445@smallexample
2446/*
2447 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2448 is to use this sort of comment.
2449*/
2450
2451/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2452@end smallexample
2453
2454@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2455Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2456considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2457specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2458line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2459line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2460comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2461upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2462@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2463
2464If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2465special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2466to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2467
2468@kindex #
2469@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2470@cindex logical line numbers
2471To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2472special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2473expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2474line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2475new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2476
2477If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2478the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2479
2480@smallexample
2481 # This is an ordinary comment.
2482# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2483 # This is logical line # 36.
2484@end smallexample
2485This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2486of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2487
2488@node Symbol Intro
2489@section Symbols
2490
2491@cindex characters used in symbols
2492@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2493A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2494letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2495@samp{_.$}.
2496@end ifclear
2497@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2498@ifclear GENERIC
2499@ifset H8
2500A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2501letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2502@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2503symbol names.)
2504@end ifset
2505@end ifclear
2506@end ifset
2507@ifset GENERIC
2508On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2509are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2510@end ifset
2511No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2512There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2513are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2514beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2515of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2516@cindex length of symbols
2517
2518@node Statements
2519@section Statements
2520
2521@cindex statements, structure of
2522@cindex line separator character
2523@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2524
2525A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2526@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2527specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2528target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2529The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2530preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2531exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2532
2533@cindex newline, required at file end
2534@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2535It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2536character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2537
2538An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2539
2540@cindex instructions and directives
2541@cindex directives and instructions
2542@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2543@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2544@c 13feb91.
2545A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2546key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2547symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2548symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2549directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2550a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2551assembles into a machine language instruction.
2552@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2553Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2554recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2555represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2556language.@refill
2557@end ifset
2558
2559@cindex @code{:} (label)
2560@cindex label (@code{:})
2561A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2562Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2563have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2564
2565@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2566For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2567the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2568only one label may be defined on each line.
2569@end ifset
2570
2571@smallexample
2572label: .directive followed by something
2573another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2574 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2575@end smallexample
2576
2577@node Constants
2578@section Constants
2579
2580@cindex constants
2581A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2582inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2583@smallexample
2584@group
2585.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2586.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2587.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2588.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
258995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2590@end group
2591@end smallexample
2592
2593@menu
2594* Characters:: Character Constants
2595* Numbers:: Number Constants
2596@end menu
2597
2598@node Characters
2599@subsection Character Constants
2600
2601@cindex character constants
2602@cindex constants, character
2603There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2604for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2605numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2606@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2607used in arithmetic expressions.
2608
2609@menu
2610* Strings:: Strings
2611* Chars:: Characters
2612@end menu
2613
2614@node Strings
2615@subsubsection Strings
2616
2617@cindex string constants
2618@cindex constants, string
2619A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2620double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2621into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2622a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2623one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2624@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2625(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2626escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2627
2628@cindex escape codes, character
2629@cindex character escape codes
2630@table @kbd
2631@c @item \a
2632@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2633@c
2634@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2635@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2636@item \b
2637Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2638
2639@c @item \e
2640@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2641@c
2642@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2643@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2644@item \f
2645Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2646
2647@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2648@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2649@item \n
2650Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2651
2652@c @item \p
2653@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2654@c
2655@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2656@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2657@item \r
2658Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2659
2660@c @item \s
2661@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2662@c other assemblers.
2663@c
2664@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2665@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2666@item \t
2667Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2668
2669@c @item \v
2670@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2671@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2672@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2673@c
2674@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2675@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2676@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2677An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2678For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2679for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2680
2681@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2682@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2683@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2684A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2685lower case @code{x} works.
2686
2687@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2688@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2689@item \\
2690Represents one @samp{\} character.
2691
2692@c @item \'
2693@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2694@c This is needed in single character literals
2695@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2696@c a @samp{'}.
2697@c
2698@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2699@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2700@item \"
2701Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2702this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2703
2704@item \ @var{anything-else}
2705Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2706assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2707you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2708interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2709other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2710code and warns you of the fact.
2711@end table
2712
2713Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2714varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2715the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2716compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2717sequence.
2718
2719@node Chars
2720@subsubsection Characters
2721
2722@cindex single character constant
2723@cindex character, single
2724@cindex constant, single character
2725A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2726followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2727to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2728must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2729@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2730grave accent. A newline
2731@ifclear GENERIC
2732@ifclear abnormal-separator
2733(or semicolon @samp{;})
2734@end ifclear
2735@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2736@ifset H8
2737(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2738Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2739@end ifset
2740@end ifset
2741@end ifclear
2742immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2743and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2744constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2745that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2746@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2747
2748@node Numbers
2749@subsection Number Constants
2750
2751@cindex constants, number
2752@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2753@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2754are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2755would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2756integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2757are floating point numbers, described below.
2758
2759@menu
2760* Integers:: Integers
2761* Bignums:: Bignums
2762* Flonums:: Flonums
2763@ifclear GENERIC
2764@ifset I960
2765* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2766@end ifset
2767@end ifclear
2768@end menu
2769
2770@node Integers
2771@subsubsection Integers
2772@cindex integers
2773@cindex constants, integer
2774
2775@cindex binary integers
2776@cindex integers, binary
2777A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2778the binary digits @samp{01}.
2779
2780@cindex octal integers
2781@cindex integers, octal
2782An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2783digits (@samp{01234567}).
2784
2785@cindex decimal integers
2786@cindex integers, decimal
2787A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2788more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2789
2790@cindex hexadecimal integers
2791@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2792A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2793more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2794
2795Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2796the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2797(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2798
2799@node Bignums
2800@subsubsection Bignums
2801
2802@cindex bignums
2803@cindex constants, bignum
2804A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2805except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2806represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2807integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2808
2809@node Flonums
2810@subsubsection Flonums
2811@cindex flonums
2812@cindex floating point numbers
2813@cindex constants, floating point
2814
2815@cindex precision, floating point
2816A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2817indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2818@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2819sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2820to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2821portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2822
2823A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2824@itemize @bullet
2825@item
2826The digit @samp{0}.
2827@ifset HPPA
2828(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2829@end ifset
2830
2831@item
a4fb0134 2832A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2833@ifset GENERIC
2834@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2835@ignore
2836@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2837(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28384.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2839@end ignore
2840
7be1c489 2841On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2842and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2843one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2844
2845On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2846(in upper or lower case).
2847
2848On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2849one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2850
2851On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2852@end ifset
2853@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2854@ifset ARC
2855One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2856@end ifset
2857@ifset H8
2858One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2859@end ifset
2860@ifset HPPA
2861The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2862@end ifset
2863@ifset I960
2864One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2865@end ifset
2866@end ifclear
2867
2868@item
2869An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2870
2871@item
2872An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2873
2874@item
2875An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2876or more decimal digits.
2877
2878@item
2879An optional exponent, consisting of:
2880
2881@itemize @bullet
2882@item
2883An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2884@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2885@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2886@item
2887Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2888@item
2889One or more decimal digits.
2890@end itemize
2891
2892@end itemize
2893
2894At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2895present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2896
a4fb0134 2897@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2898independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2899@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2900
2901@ifclear GENERIC
2902@ifset I960
2903@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2904@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2905@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2906@node Bit Fields
2907@subsubsection Bit Fields
2908
2909@cindex bit fields
2910@cindex constants, bit field
2911You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2912Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2913@example
2914@var{mask}:@var{value}
2915@end example
2916@noindent
a4fb0134 2917@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2918@var{value}.
2919
2920The resulting number is then packed
2921@ifset GENERIC
2922@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2923(in host-dependent byte order)
2924@end ifset
2925into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2926bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2927requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2928more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2929least significant digits.@refill
2930
2931The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2932@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2933@end ifset
2934@end ifclear
2935
2936@node Sections
2937@chapter Sections and Relocation
2938@cindex sections
2939@cindex relocation
2940
2941@menu
2942* Secs Background:: Background
2943* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2944* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2945* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2946* bss:: bss Section
2947@end menu
2948
2949@node Secs Background
2950@section Background
2951
2952Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2953``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2954For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2955
2956@cindex linker, and assembler
2957@cindex assembler, and linker
2958The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2959combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2960emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2961@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2962different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2963oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2964sections.
2965
2966@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2967addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2968units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2969within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2970run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2971the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2972the proper run-time addresses.
2973@ifset H8
7be1c489 2974For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2975@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2976ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2977@end ifset
2978
2979@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2980An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2981of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2982@dfn{bss} sections.
2983
c1253627 2984@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2985@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2986When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2987@end ifset
a4fb0134 2988@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2989using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2990If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2991or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2992@end ifset
2993
2994@ifset HPPA
2995@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2996When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2997@end ifset
a4fb0134 2998@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2999specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3000@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3001(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3002assembler directives.
3003
3004@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3005Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3006text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3007is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3008BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3009@end ifset
3010@end ifset
3011
3012Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3013data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3014
3015@ifset HPPA
3016When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3017section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3018@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3019@end ifset
3020
3021To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3022relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3023object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3024@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3025file is mentioned:
3026@itemize @bullet
3027@item
3028Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3029an address?
3030@item
3031How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3032@item
3033Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3034@display
3035(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3036@end display
3037@item
3038Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3039@end itemize
3040
3041@cindex addresses, format of
3042@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3043In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3044@display
3045(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3046@end display
3047@noindent
a4fb0134 3048Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3049nature.
3050@ifset SOM
3051(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3052symbol-relative instead.)
3053@end ifset
3054
3055In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3056@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3057
3058Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3059@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3060addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3061@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3062@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3063data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3064their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3065part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3066address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3067
3068The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3069address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3070rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3071Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3072address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3073common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3074time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3075
3076By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3077the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3078sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3079customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3080the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3081data and bss sections.
3082
3083Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3084use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3085
3086@node Ld Sections
3087@section Linker Sections
3088@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3089
3090@table @strong
3091
c1253627 3092@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3093@cindex named sections
3094@cindex sections, named
3095@item named sections
3096@end ifset
3097@ifset aout-bout
3098@cindex text section
3099@cindex data section
3100@itemx text section
3101@itemx data section
3102@end ifset
a4fb0134 3103These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3104separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3105true of another.
3106@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3107When the program is running, however, it is
3108customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3109text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3110instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3111program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3112in the data section.
c1253627 3113@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3114
3115@cindex bss section
3116@item bss section
3117This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3118is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3119each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3120out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3121bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3122those explicit zeros from object files.
3123
3124@cindex absolute section
3125@item absolute section
3126Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3127This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3128not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3129addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3130
3131@cindex undefined section
3132@item undefined section
3133This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3134the preceding sections.
3135@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3136@end table
3137
3138@cindex relocation example
3139An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3140@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3141The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3142@end ifset
3143Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3144
3145@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3146@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3147@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3148@smallexample
3149 +-----+----+--+
3150partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3151 +-----+----+--+
3152
3153 text data bss
3154 seg. seg. seg.
3155
3156 +---+---+---+
3157partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3158 +---+---+---+
3159
3160 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3161linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3162 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3163
3164 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3165@end smallexample
3166@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3167@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3168@need 5000
3169@tex
c1253627 3170\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3171\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3172\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3173\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3174
3175\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3176\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3177\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3178
3179\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3180\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3181\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3182ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3183DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3184
3185\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3186\line{0\dots\hfil}
3187
3188@end tex
3189@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3190
3191@node As Sections
3192@section Assembler Internal Sections
3193
3194@cindex internal assembler sections
3195@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3196These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3197have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3198sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3199warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3200meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3201value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3202section-relative address.
3203
3204@table @b
3205@cindex assembler internal logic error
3206@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3207An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3208bug in the assembler.
3209
3210@cindex expr (internal section)
3211@item expr section
3212The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3213symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3214it in the expr section.
3215@c FIXME item debug
3216@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3217@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3218@c FIXME item register
3219@end table
3220
3221@node Sub-Sections
3222@section Sub-Sections
3223
3224@cindex numbered subsections
3225@cindex grouping data
3226@ifset aout-bout
3227Assembled bytes
c1253627 3228@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3229conventionally
3230@end ifset
3231fall into two sections: text and data.
3232@end ifset
3233You may have separate groups of
3234@ifset GENERIC
3235data in named sections
3236@end ifset
3237@ifclear GENERIC
3238@ifclear aout-bout
3239data in named sections
3240@end ifclear
3241@ifset aout-bout
3242text or data
3243@end ifset
3244@end ifclear
3245that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3246are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3247use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3248numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3249same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3250subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3251section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3252assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3253section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3254constants being output.
3255
3256Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3257goes in subsection number zero.
3258
3259@ifset GENERIC
3260Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3261(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3262of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3263@end ifset
3264@ifclear GENERIC
3265@ifset H8
7be1c489 3266On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3267boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3268The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3269@end ifset
3270@ifset I960
3271@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3272@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3273@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3274@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3275@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3276@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3277@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3278@end ifclear
3279
3280Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3281to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3282The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3283other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3284They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3285data subsections as a data section.
3286
3287To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3288into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3289@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3290@ifset COFF
252b5132 3291@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3292When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3293@end ifset
3294@ifclear GENERIC
3295You
3296@end ifclear
3297can also use an extra subsection
3298argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3299@var{expression}}.
3300@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3301@ifset ELF
3302@ifset GENERIC
3303When generating ELF output, you
3304@end ifset
3305@ifclear GENERIC
3306You
3307@end ifclear
3308can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3309to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3310@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3311@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3312(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3313is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3314begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3315@smallexample
3316.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3317.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3318.text 1
3319.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3320.data 0
3321.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3322.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3323.text 0
3324.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3325.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3326@end smallexample
3327
3328Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3329assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3330restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3331counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3332@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3333current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3334assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3335
3336@node bss
3337@section bss Section
3338
3339@cindex bss section
3340@cindex common variable storage
3341The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3342You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3343not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3344your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3345section are zeroed bytes.
3346
3347The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3348@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3349
3350The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3351another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3352
3353@ifset GENERIC
3354When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3355COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3356see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3357section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3358@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3359@end ifset
3360
3361@node Symbols
3362@chapter Symbols
3363
3364@cindex symbols
3365Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3366things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3367to debug.
3368
3369@quotation
3370@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3371@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3372the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3373@end quotation
3374
3375@menu
3376* Labels:: Labels
3377* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3378* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3379* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3380* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3381@end menu
3382
3383@node Labels
3384@section Labels
3385
3386@cindex labels
3387A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3388@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3389active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3390operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3391different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3392definitions.
3393
3394@ifset HPPA
3395On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3396colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3397a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3398provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3399@end ifset
3400
3401@node Setting Symbols
3402@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3403
3404@cindex assigning values to symbols
3405@cindex symbol values, assigning
3406A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3407by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3408(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3409directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3410equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3411@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3412
f8739b83
JZ
3413@ifset Blackfin
3414Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3415@end ifset
3416
252b5132
RH
3417@node Symbol Names
3418@section Symbol Names
3419
3420@cindex symbol names
3421@cindex names, symbol
3422@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3423Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3424machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3425noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3426string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3427particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3428@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3429@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3430@ifset H8
3431Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3432Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3433character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3434on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3435@end ifset
3436@end ifset
3437
3438Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3439than @code{Foo}.
3440
7bfd842d
NC
3441Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3442multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3443@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3444currently supported.
3445
252b5132
RH
3446Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3447refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3448in a program.
3449
3450@subheading Local Symbol Names
3451
3452@cindex local symbol names
3453@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3454A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3455By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3456@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3457set of local label prefixes.
3458@ifset HPPA
3459On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3460@end ifset
3461
3462Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3463normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3464You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3465@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3466
3467@subheading Local Labels
3468
3469@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3470@cindex temporary symbol names
3471@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3472Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3473They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3474the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3475To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3476represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3477definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3478you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3479@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3480for ``forwards''.
3481
3482There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3483too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3484the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3485defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3486definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3487noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3488implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3489
3490Here is an example:
3491
3492@smallexample
34931: branch 1f
34942: branch 1b
34951: branch 2f
34962: branch 1b
3497@end smallexample
3498
3499Which is the equivalent of:
3500
3501@smallexample
3502label_1: branch label_3
3503label_2: branch label_1
3504label_3: branch label_4
3505label_4: branch label_3
3506@end smallexample
3507
ba83aca1 3508Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3509transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3510The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3511are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3512these parts:
252b5132
RH
3513
3514@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3515@item @emph{local label prefix}
3516All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3517Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3518that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3519used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3520@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3521object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3522you may use them in debugging.
3523
2d5aaba0
NC
3524@item @var{number}
3525This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3526label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3527
2d5aaba0
NC
3528@item @kbd{C-B}
3529This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3530of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3531
3532@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3533This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3534@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3535number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3536the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3537@end table
3538
ba83aca1
BW
3539So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3540the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3541
3542@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3543@cindex dollar local symbols
3544
3545@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3546dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3547soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3548region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3549scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3550the same local label.
3551
3552Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3553except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3554@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3555
3556They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3557names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3558to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3559@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3560
3561@node Dot
3562@section The Special Dot Symbol
3563
3564@cindex dot (symbol)
3565@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3566@cindex current address
3567@cindex location counter
3568The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3569@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3570.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3571Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3572directive.
252b5132 3573@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3574Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3575@samp{.space 4}.
3576@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3577
3578@node Symbol Attributes
3579@section Symbol Attributes
3580
3581@cindex symbol attributes
3582@cindex attributes, symbol
3583Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3584``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3585attributes.
3586@ifset INTERNALS
3587The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3588@end ifset
3589
a4fb0134 3590If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3591all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3592symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3593would want.
3594
3595@menu
3596* Symbol Value:: Value
3597* Symbol Type:: Type
3598@ifset aout-bout
3599@ifset GENERIC
3600* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3601@end ifset
3602@ifclear GENERIC
3603@ifclear BOUT
3604* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3605@end ifclear
3606@ifset BOUT
3607* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3608@end ifset
3609@end ifclear
3610@end ifset
3611@ifset COFF
3612* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3613@end ifset
3614@ifset SOM
3615* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3616@end ifset
3617@end menu
3618
3619@node Symbol Value
3620@subsection Value
3621
3622@cindex value of a symbol
3623@cindex symbol value
3624The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3625location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3626number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3627Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3628as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3629symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3630called absolute.
3631
3632The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36330 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3634@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3635same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3636name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3637common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3638bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3639allocated storage.
3640
3641@node Symbol Type
3642@subsection Type
3643
3644@cindex type of a symbol
3645@cindex symbol type
3646The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3647information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3648(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3649format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3650
3651@ifset aout-bout
3652@ifclear GENERIC
3653@ifset BOUT
3654@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3655@c better if it were available outside examples.
3656@need 1000
3657@node a.out Symbols
3658@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3659
3660@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3661@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3662These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3663one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3664@code{b.out}.
3665
3666@end ifset
3667@ifclear BOUT
3668@node a.out Symbols
3669@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3670
3671@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3672@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3673
3674@end ifclear
3675@end ifclear
3676@ifset GENERIC
3677@node a.out Symbols
3678@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3679
3680@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3681@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3682
3683@end ifset
3684@menu
3685* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3686* Symbol Other:: Other
3687@end menu
3688
3689@node Symbol Desc
3690@subsubsection Descriptor
3691
3692@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3693This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3694descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3695(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3696@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3697
3698@node Symbol Other
3699@subsubsection Other
3700
3701@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3702This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3703@end ifset
3704
3705@ifset COFF
3706@node COFF Symbols
3707@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3708
3709@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3710@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3711
3712The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3713like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3714@code{.endef} directives.
3715
3716@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3717
3718@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3719The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3720respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3721
3722@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3723
3724@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3725The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3726@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3727table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3728@end ifset
3729
3730@ifset SOM
3731@node SOM Symbols
3732@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3733
3734@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3735@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3736
3737The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3738the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3739
01642c12 3740The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3741Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3742@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3743@end ifset
3744
3745@node Expressions
3746@chapter Expressions
3747
3748@cindex expressions
3749@cindex addresses
3750@cindex numeric values
3751An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3752Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3753
3754The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3755a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3756enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3757section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3758the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3759@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3760
3761@menu
3762* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3763* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3764@end menu
3765
3766@node Empty Exprs
3767@section Empty Expressions
3768
3769@cindex empty expressions
3770@cindex expressions, empty
3771An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3772Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3773expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3774is compatible with other assemblers.
3775
3776@node Integer Exprs
3777@section Integer Expressions
3778
3779@cindex integer expressions
3780@cindex expressions, integer
3781An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3782by @emph{operators}.
3783
3784@menu
3785* Arguments:: Arguments
3786* Operators:: Operators
3787* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3788* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3789@end menu
3790
3791@node Arguments
3792@subsection Arguments
3793
3794@cindex expression arguments
3795@cindex arguments in expressions
3796@cindex operands in expressions
3797@cindex arithmetic operands
3798@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3799contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3800this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3801the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3802expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3803instruction operands.
3804
3805Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3806@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3807or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3808integer.
3809
3810Numbers are usually integers.
3811
3812A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3813that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3814these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3815instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3816assemblers.
3817
3818@cindex subexpressions
3819Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3820expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3821operator followed by an argument.
3822
3823@node Operators
3824@subsection Operators
3825
3826@cindex operators, in expressions
3827@cindex arithmetic functions
3828@cindex functions, in expressions
3829@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3830operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3831between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3832whitespace.
3833
3834@node Prefix Ops
3835@subsection Prefix Operator
3836
3837@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3838@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3839one argument, which must be absolute.
3840
3841@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3842@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3843@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3844@tex
3845\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3846@end tex
3847
3848@table @code
3849@item -
3850@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3851@item ~
3852@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3853@end table
3854
3855@tex
3856\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3857@end tex
3858
3859@node Infix Ops
3860@subsection Infix Operators
3861
3862@cindex infix operators
3863@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3864@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3865have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3866to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3867absolute, and the result is absolute.
3868
3869@enumerate
3870@cindex operator precedence
3871@cindex precedence of operators
3872
3873@item
3874Highest Precedence
3875
3876@table @code
3877@item *
3878@dfn{Multiplication}.
3879
3880@item /
3881@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3882
3883@item %
3884@dfn{Remainder}.
3885
d1eac9d9 3886@item <<
252b5132
RH
3887@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3888
d1eac9d9 3889@item >>
252b5132
RH
3890@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3891@end table
3892
3893@item
3894Intermediate precedence
3895
3896@table @code
3897@item |
3898
3899@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3900
3901@item &
3902@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3903
3904@item ^
3905@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3906
3907@item !
3908@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3909@end table
3910
3911@item
b131d4dc 3912Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3913
3914@table @code
3915@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3916@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3917@cindex arguments for addition
3918@item +
3919@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3920the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3921sections.
3922
3923@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3924@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3925@cindex arguments for subtraction
3926@item -
3927@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3928result has the section of the left argument.
3929If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3930You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3931@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3932
3933@cindex comparison expressions
3934@cindex expressions, comparison
3935@item ==
3936@dfn{Is Equal To}
3937@item <>
723a8472 3938@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3939@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3940@item <
3941@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3942@item >
b131d4dc 3943@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3944@item >=
b131d4dc 3945@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3946@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3947@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3948
3949The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3950value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3951perform signed comparisons.
3952@end table
3953
3954@item Lowest Precedence
3955
3956@table @code
3957@item &&
3958@dfn{Logical And}.
3959
3960@item ||
3961@dfn{Logical Or}.
3962
3963These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3964expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3965value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3966or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3967
252b5132
RH
3968@end table
3969@end enumerate
3970
3971In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3972address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3973
3974@node Pseudo Ops
3975@chapter Assembler Directives
3976
3977@cindex directives, machine independent
3978@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3979@cindex machine independent directives
3980All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3981The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3982
3983This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3984target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3985@ifset GENERIC
3986Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3987@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3988@end ifset
3989@ifclear GENERIC
3990@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3991@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3992@end ifset
3993@end ifclear
3994
3995@menu
3996* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3997@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3998* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3999@end ifset
f0dc282c 4000
252b5132 4001* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4002* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4003* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4004* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4005* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4006* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4007* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4008* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4009* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4010* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4011@ifset COFF
4012* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4013@end ifset
4014@ifset aout-bout
4015* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4016@end ifset
4017@ifset COFF
4018* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4019@end ifset
f0dc282c 4020
252b5132
RH
4021* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4022* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4023* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4024* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4025* End:: @code{.end}
4026@ifset COFF
4027* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4028@end ifset
f0dc282c 4029
252b5132
RH
4030* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4031* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4032* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4033* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4034* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4035* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4036* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4037* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4038* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4039* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4040* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4041* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4042* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4043* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4044* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4045@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4046* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4047* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4048@end ifset
f0dc282c 4049
252b5132
RH
4050* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4051* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4052* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4053* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4054* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4055* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4056@ifset ELF
4057* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4058@end ifset
f0dc282c 4059
252b5132
RH
4060* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4061* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4062* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4063* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4064@ifclear no-line-dir
4065* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4066@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4067
252b5132
RH
4068* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4069* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4070* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4071* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4072* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4073@ifset ELF
4074* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4075@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4076
252b5132
RH
4077* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4078@ignore
4079* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4080@end ignore
f0dc282c 4081
252b5132
RH
4082* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4083* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4084* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4085* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4086* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4087* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4088* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4089* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4090@ifset ELF
4091* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4092* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4093@end ifset
f0dc282c 4094
252b5132 4095* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4096@ifset ELF
4097* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4098@end ifset
f0dc282c 4099
252b5132
RH
4100* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4101* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4102@ifset ELF
4103* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4104@end ifset
f0dc282c 4105
252b5132 4106* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4107* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4108* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4109* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4110@ifset COFF
4111* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4112@end ifset
4113@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4114* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4115@end ifset
f0dc282c 4116
252b5132
RH
4117* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4118* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4119* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4120@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4121* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4122@end ifset
884f0d36 4123@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4124* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4125@end ifclear
4126
252b5132 4127* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4128@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4129* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4130@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4131@ifset have-stabs
4132* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4133@end ifset
f0dc282c 4134
38a57ae7 4135* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4136* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4137@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4138* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4139* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4140@end ifset
f0dc282c 4141
252b5132
RH
4142@ifset COFF
4143* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4144@end ifset
f0dc282c 4145
252b5132
RH
4146* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4147* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4148@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4149* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4150@end ifset
4151
c91d2e08 4152* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4153@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4154* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4155@end ifset
f0dc282c 4156
2e13b764 4157@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4158* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4159* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4160* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4161@end ifset
f0dc282c 4162
d190d046 4163* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4164* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4165* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4166* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4167* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4168@end menu
4169
4170@node Abort
4171@section @code{.abort}
4172
4173@cindex @code{abort} directive
4174@cindex stopping the assembly
4175This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4176compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4177assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4178of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4179quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4180
4181@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4182@node ABORT (COFF)
4183@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4184
4185@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4186When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4187synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4188
4189@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4190When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4191but ignores it.
4192@end ifset
4193@end ifset
4194
4195@node Align
4196@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4197
4198@cindex padding the location counter
4199@cindex @code{align} directive
4200Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4201boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4202required, as described below.
4203
4204The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4205padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4206padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4207marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4208with no-op instructions.
4209
4210The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4211it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4212directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4213specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4214fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4215required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4216with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4217
4218The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4219For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4220s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4221alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4222the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4223is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4224first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4225
9e9a9798 4226For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4227strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4228number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4229advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4230counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4231multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4232
4233This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4234native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4235GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4236described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4237architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4238
ccf8a69b
BW
4239@node Altmacro
4240@section @code{.altmacro}
4241Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4242
4243@ftable @code
4244@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4245One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4246generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4247replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4248replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4249separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4250define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4251
4252@item String delimiters
4253You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4254@code{"@var{string}"}:
4255
4256@table @code
4257@item '@var{string}'
4258You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4259
4260@item <@var{string}>
4261You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4262@end table
4263
4264@item single-character string escape
4265To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4266character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4267character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4268write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4269
4270@item Expression results as strings
4271You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4272and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4273@end ftable
4274
252b5132
RH
4275@node Ascii
4276@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4277
4278@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4279@cindex string literals
4280@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4281separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4282trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4283
4284@node Asciz
4285@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4286
4287@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4288@cindex zero-terminated strings
4289@cindex null-terminated strings
4290@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4291a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4292
4293@node Balign
4294@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4295
4296@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4297@cindex @code{balign} directive
4298Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4299storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4300alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4301the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4302is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4303
4304The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4305padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4306padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4307marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4308with no-op instructions.
4309
4310The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4311it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4312directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4313specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4314fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4315required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4316with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4317
4318@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4319@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4320The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4321@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4322pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4323fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43244,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4325filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4326the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4327undefined.
4328
fa94de6b
RM
4329@node Bundle directives
4330@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4331@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4332@cindex bundle
4333@cindex instruction bundle
4334@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4335@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4336bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4337into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4338disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4339gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4340@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4341
4342For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4343certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4344instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4345@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4346chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4347effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4348instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4349that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4350end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4351starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4352instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4353
4354@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4355@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4356@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4357The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4358allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4359are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4360aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4361@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4362directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4363
4364@cindex bundle-locked
4365For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4366appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4367instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4368and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4369instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4370sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4371@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4372entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4373boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4374first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4375aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4376bundle size.
4377
d416e51d
RM
4378For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4379inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4380nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4381@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4382matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4383same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4384
252b5132
RH
4385@node Byte
4386@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4387
4388@cindex @code{byte} directive
4389@cindex integers, one byte
4390@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4391Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4392
54cfded0 4393@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4394@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4395@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4396@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4397should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4398If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4399if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4400To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4401directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4402
4b7d318b 4403@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4404@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4405@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4406should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4407data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4408@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4409
01642c12 4410Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4411it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4412
54cfded0
AM
4413@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4414@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4415@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4416unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4417@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4418
9b8ae42e
JJ
4419@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4420@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4421@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4422should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4423argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4424a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4425the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4426can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4427The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4428no personality routine.
4429
4430@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4431@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4432@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4433should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4434argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4435or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4436no LSDA.
4437
54cfded0 4438@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4439@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4440address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4441
4442@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4443@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4444now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4445remains the same.
4446
4447@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4448@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4449remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4450absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4451CFA address.
4452
4453@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4454Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4455value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4456
4457@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4458Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4459CFA.
54cfded0 4460
17076204
RH
4461@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4462Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4463the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4464using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4465This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4466code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4467
4b7d318b
L
4468@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4469Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4470
4471@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4472@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4473same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4474instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4475
4476@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4477From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4478
4479@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4480Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4481i.e. no restoration needed.
4482
01642c12
RM
4483@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4484First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4485then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4486everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4487the previous saved state.
4488
4489@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4490Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4491directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4492
63752a75
JJ
4493@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4494Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4495
6749011b 4496@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4497SPARC register window has been saved.
4498
cdfbf930
RH
4499@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4500Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4501might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4502opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4503
f1c4cc75
RH
4504@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4505The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4506will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4507description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4508
4509The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4510limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4511mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4512by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4513or another register.
4514
ccf8a69b
BW
4515@node Comm
4516@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4517
ccf8a69b
BW
4518@cindex @code{comm} directive
4519@cindex symbol, common
4520@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4521common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4522of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4523definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4524allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4525absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4526the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4527using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4528
c1711530
DK
4529@ifset COFF-ELF
4530When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4531an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4532specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4533that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4534as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4535boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4536power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4537common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4538alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4539largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4540maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4541is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4542@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4543multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4544It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4545(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4546@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4547
ccf8a69b
BW
4548@ifset HPPA
4549The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4550@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4551@end ifset
07a53e5c 4552
252b5132
RH
4553@node Data
4554@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4555
4556@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4557@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4558end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4559absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4560to zero.
4561
4562@ifset COFF
4563@node Def
4564@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4565
4566@cindex @code{def} directive
4567@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4568@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4569Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4570definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4571@ifset BOUT
4572
a4fb0134 4573This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4574format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4575but ignored.
4576@end ifset
4577@end ifset
4578
4579@ifset aout-bout
4580@node Desc
4581@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4582
4583@cindex @code{desc} directive
4584@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4585@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4586This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4587to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4588
4589@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4590The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4591configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4592object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4593it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4594@end ifset
4595@end ifset
4596
4597@ifset COFF
4598@node Dim
4599@section @code{.dim}
4600
4601@cindex @code{dim} directive
4602@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4603@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4604This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4605information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4606@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4607@ifset BOUT
4608
4609@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4610@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4611ignores it.
4612@end ifset
4613@end ifset
4614
4615@node Double
4616@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4617
4618@cindex @code{double} directive
4619@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4620@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4621assembles floating point numbers.
4622@ifset GENERIC
4623The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4624@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4625@end ifset
4626@ifclear GENERIC
4627@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4628On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4629in @sc{ieee} format.
4630@end ifset
4631@end ifclear
4632
4633@node Eject
4634@section @code{.eject}
4635
4636@cindex @code{eject} directive
4637@cindex new page, in listings
4638@cindex page, in listings
4639@cindex listing control: new page
4640Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4641
4642@node Else
4643@section @code{.else}
4644
4645@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4646@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4647assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4648of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4649was false.
4650
3fd9f047
TW
4651@node Elseif
4652@section @code{.elseif}
4653
4654@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4655@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4656assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4657@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4658
252b5132
RH
4659@node End
4660@section @code{.end}
4661
4662@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4663@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4664process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4665
4666@ifset COFF
4667@node Endef
4668@section @code{.endef}
4669
4670@cindex @code{endef} directive
4671This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4672@code{.def}.
4673@ifset BOUT
4674
4675@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4676@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4677directive but ignores it.
4678@end ifset
4679@end ifset
4680
4681@node Endfunc
4682@section @code{.endfunc}
4683@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4684@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4685
4686@node Endif
4687@section @code{.endif}
4688
4689@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4690@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4691it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4692conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4693
4694@node Equ
4695@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4696
4697@cindex @code{equ} directive
4698@cindex assigning values to symbols
4699@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4700This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4701It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4702
4703@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4704The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4705@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4706@end ifset
4707
3c9b82ba 4708@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4709The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4710@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4711On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4712but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4713Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4714@end ifset
4715
252b5132
RH
4716@node Equiv
4717@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4718@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4719The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4720the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4721symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4722undefined.
252b5132 4723
01642c12 4724Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4725@smallexample
4726.ifdef SYM
4727.err
4728.endif
4729.equ SYM,VAL
4730@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4731plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4732
4733@node Eqv
4734@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4735@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4736The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4737evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4738the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4739value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4740
4741@node Err
4742@section @code{.err}
4743@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4744If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4745message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4746object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4747
d190d046
HPN
4748@node Error
4749@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4750@cindex error directive
4751
4752Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4753string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4754message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4755@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4756
4757@smallexample
4758 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4759@end smallexample
4760
252b5132
RH
4761@node Exitm
4762@section @code{.exitm}
4763Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4764
4765@node Extern
4766@section @code{.extern}
4767
4768@cindex @code{extern} directive
4769@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4770with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4771all undefined symbols as external.
4772
4773@node Fail
4774@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4775
4776@cindex @code{fail} directive
4777Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4778or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4779than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4780include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4781complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4782
252b5132 4783@node File
14082c76 4784@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4785@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4786
4787@ifclear no-file-dir
4788There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4789that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4790@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4791
4792@subheading Default Version
4793
252b5132
RH
4794@cindex logical file name
4795@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4796This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4797are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4798
4799@smallexample
4800.file @var{string}
4801@end smallexample
4802
4803@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4804recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4805to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4806statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4807old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4808
4809@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4810@end ifclear
4811
14082c76
BW
4812When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4813to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4814
4815@smallexample
4816.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4817@end smallexample
4818
4819The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4820index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4821literal.
4822
4823The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4824table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4825information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4826entries will have.
4827
252b5132
RH
4828@node Fill
4829@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4830
4831@cindex @code{fill} directive
4832@cindex writing patterns in memory
4833@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4834@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4835This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4836may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4837more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4838other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4839is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4840zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4841byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4842Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4843@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4844compatible with other people's assemblers.
4845
4846@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4847If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4848assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4849@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4850
4851@node Float
4852@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4853
4854@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4855@cindex @code{float} directive
4856This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4857has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4858@ifset GENERIC
4859The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4860@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4861@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4862@end ifset
4863@ifclear GENERIC
4864@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4865On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4866in @sc{ieee} format.
4867@end ifset
4868@end ifclear
4869
4870@node Func
4871@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4872@cindex @code{func} directive
4873@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4874is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4875Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4876@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4877prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4878@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4879All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4880The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4881
4882@node Global
4883@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4884
4885@cindex @code{global} directive
4886@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4887@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4888@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4889other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4890@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4891from another file linked into the same program.
4892
4893Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4894compatibility with other assemblers.
4895
4896@ifset HPPA
4897On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4898partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4899@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4900@end ifset
4901
c91d2e08 4902@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4903@node Gnu_attribute
4904@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4905Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4906
c91d2e08
NC
4907@node Hidden
4908@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4909
c1253627
NC
4910@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4911@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4912This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4913@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4914@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4915
4916This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4917their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4918@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4919Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4920@end ifset
4921
252b5132
RH
4922@node hword
4923@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4924
4925@cindex @code{hword} directive
4926@cindex integers, 16-bit
4927@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4928@cindex sixteen bit integers
4929This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4930a 16 bit number for each.
4931
4932@ifset GENERIC
4933This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4934architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4935@end ifset
4936@ifclear GENERIC
4937@ifset W32
4938This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4939@end ifset
4940@ifset W16
4941This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4942@end ifset
4943@end ifclear
4944
4945@node Ident
4946@section @code{.ident}
4947
4948@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4949
4950This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4951behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4952a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4953source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4954for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4955@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4956emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4957
4958@node If
4959@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4960
4961@cindex conditional assembly
4962@cindex @code{if} directive
4963@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4964considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4965(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4966the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4967(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4968alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4969If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4970nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4971
4972The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4973@table @code
4974@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4975@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4976Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4977has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4978is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4979
26aca5f6
JB
4980@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4981@item .ifb @var{text}
4982Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4983
252b5132
RH
4984@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4985@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4986Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4987strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4988the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4989end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4990string comparison is case sensitive.
4991
4992@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4993@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4994Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4995
4996@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4997@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4998Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4999
5000@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5001@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5002Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5003equal to zero.
5004
5005@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5006@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5007Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5008
5009@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5010@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5011Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5012to zero.
5013
5014@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5015@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5016Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5017
26aca5f6
JB
5018@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5019@item .ifnb @var{text}
5020Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5021following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5022
252b5132
RH
5023@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5024@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5025Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5026following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5027
5028@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5029@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5030@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5031@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5032Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5033has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5034which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5035
5036@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5037@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5038Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5039(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5040
5041@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5042@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5043Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5044following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5045@end table
5046
7e005732
NC
5047@node Incbin
5048@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5049
5050@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5051@cindex binary files, including
5052The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5053location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5054option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5055around @var{file}.
5056
5057The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5058@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5059read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5060responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5061after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5062
252b5132
RH
5063@node Include
5064@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5065
5066@cindex @code{include} directive
5067@cindex supporting files, including
5068@cindex files, including
5069This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5070points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5071if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5072included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5073can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5074(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5075around @var{file}.
5076
5077@node Int
5078@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5079
5080@cindex @code{int} directive
5081@cindex integers, 32-bit
5082Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5083For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5084expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5085of target the assembly is for.
5086
5087@ifclear GENERIC
5088@ifset H8
7be1c489 5089On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5090integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
509132-bit integers.
5092@end ifset
5093@end ifclear
5094
c91d2e08
NC
5095@ifset ELF
5096@node Internal
5097@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5098
c1253627
NC
5099@cindex @code{internal} directive
5100@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5101This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5102@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5103@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5104
5105This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5106their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5107@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5108(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5109processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5110@end ifset
5111
252b5132
RH
5112@node Irp
5113@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5114
5115@cindex @code{irp} directive
5116Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5117The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5118terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5119set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5120@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5121@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5122sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5123
5124For example, assembling
5125
5126@example
5127 .irp param,1,2,3
5128 move d\param,sp@@-
5129 .endr
5130@end example
5131
5132is equivalent to assembling
5133
5134@example
5135 move d1,sp@@-
5136 move d2,sp@@-
5137 move d3,sp@@-
5138@end example
5139
96e9638b 5140For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5141
252b5132
RH
5142@node Irpc
5143@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5144
5145@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5146Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5147The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5148terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5149@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5150assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5151assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5152@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5153
5154For example, assembling
5155
5156@example
5157 .irpc param,123
5158 move d\param,sp@@-
5159 .endr
5160@end example
5161
5162is equivalent to assembling
5163
5164@example
5165 move d1,sp@@-
5166 move d2,sp@@-
5167 move d3,sp@@-
5168@end example
5169
5e75c3ab
JB
5170For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5171at @xref{Macro}.
5172
252b5132
RH
5173@node Lcomm
5174@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5175
5176@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5177@cindex local common symbols
5178@cindex symbols, local common
5179Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5180denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5181those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5182section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5183is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5184not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5185
5186@ifset GENERIC
5187Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5188argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5189@end ifset
5190
5191@ifset HPPA
5192The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5193@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5194@end ifset
5195
5196@node Lflags
5197@section @code{.lflags}
5198
5199@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5200@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5201assemblers, but ignores it.
5202
5203@ifclear no-line-dir
5204@node Line
5205@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5206
5207@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5208@cindex logical line number
5209@ifset aout-bout
5210Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5211expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5212statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5213reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5214@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5215for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5216@end ifset
5217
252b5132 5218Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5219@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5220when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5221were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5222@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5223
5224Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5225used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5226debugging.
5227@end ifclear
5228
5229@node Linkonce
5230@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5231@cindex COMDAT
5232@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5233@cindex common sections
5234Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5235This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5236but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5237The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5238Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5239unique.
5240
5241This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5242writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5243Executable format used on Windows NT.
5244
5245The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5246following strings. For example:
5247@smallexample
5248.linkonce same_size
5249@end smallexample
5250Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5251
5252@table @code
5253@item discard
5254Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5255
5256@item one_only
5257Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5258
5259@item same_size
5260Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5261
5262@item same_contents
5263Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5264@end table
5265
ccf8a69b
BW
5266@node List
5267@section @code{.list}
5268
5269@cindex @code{list} directive
5270@cindex listing control, turning on
5271Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5272not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5273internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5274counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5275generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5276
5277By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5278@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5279the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5280
252b5132
RH
5281@node Ln
5282@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5283
5284@cindex @code{ln} directive
5285@ifclear no-line-dir
5286@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5287@end ifclear
5288@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5289Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5290must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5291line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5292statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5293line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5294@ifset BOUT
5295
a4fb0134 5296This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5297configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5298output format.
5299@end ifset
5300@end ifset
5301
ccf8a69b
BW
5302@node Loc
5303@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5304@cindex @code{loc} directive
5305When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5306the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5307number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5308instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5309arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5310the row is added.
252b5132 5311
ccf8a69b
BW
5312The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5313
5314@table @code
5315@item basic_block
5316This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5317@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5318
5319@item prologue_end
5320This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5321@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5322
5323@item epilogue_begin
5324This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5325@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5326
5327@item is_stmt @var{value}
5328This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5329@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5330either 0 or 1.
5331
5332@item isa @var{value}
5333This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5334state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5335
92846e72
CC
5336@item discriminator @var{value}
5337This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5338state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5339
ccf8a69b
BW
5340@end table
5341
5342@node Loc_mark_labels
5343@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5344@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5345When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5346the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5347to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5348register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5349The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5350this function respectively.
252b5132 5351
4d4175af
BW
5352@ifset ELF
5353@node Local
5354@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5355
5356@cindex @code{local} directive
5357This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5358the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5359will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5360they will be created.
5361
5362For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5363accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5364the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5365(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5366@end ifset
5367
252b5132
RH
5368@node Long
5369@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5370
5371@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5372@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5373
5374@ignore
5375@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5376@c what it really ought to do
5377@node Lsym
5378@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5379
5380@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5381@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5382@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5383the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5384rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5385the same as the expression value:
5386@smallexample
5387@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5388@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5389@var{value} = @var{expression}
5390@end smallexample
5391@noindent
5392The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5393@end ignore
5394
5395@node Macro
5396@section @code{.macro}
5397
5398@cindex macros
5399The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5400generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5401@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5402
5403@example
5404 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5405 .long \from
5406 .if \to-\from
5407 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5408 .endif
5409 .endm
5410@end example
5411
5412@noindent
5413With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5414
5415@example
5416 .long 0
5417 .long 1
5418 .long 2
5419 .long 3
5420 .long 4
5421 .long 5
5422@end example
5423
5424@ftable @code
5425@item .macro @var{macname}
5426@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5427@cindex @code{macro} directive
5428Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5429definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5430separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5431indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5432@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5433(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5434macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5435cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5436subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5437definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5438
5439@table @code
5440@item .macro comm
5441Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5442arguments.
5443
6258339f 5444@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5445@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5446Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5447which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5448@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5449
5450@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5451Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5452arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5453After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5454@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5455@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5456,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5457@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5458
6eaeac8a
JB
5459@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5460Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5461arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5462not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5463will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5464
252b5132
RH
5465When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5466position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5467@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5468
6258339f
NC
5469@end table
5470
5e75c3ab
JB
5471Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5472as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5473occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5474characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5475(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5476architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5477character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5478replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5479construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5480identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5481this macro definition:
5482
5483@example
5484 .macro label l
5485\l:
5486 .endm
5487@end example
5488
5489might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5490called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5491assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5492identifier.
5493
5494Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5495which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5496for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5497length specifier like this:
5498
5499@example
5500 .macro opcode base length
5501 \base.\length
5502 .endm
5503@end example
5504
5505and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5506instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5507interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5508
5509There are several possible ways around this problem:
5510
5511@table @code
5512@item Insert white space
5513If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5514solution. eg:
5515
5516@example
5517 .macro label l
5518\l :
5519 .endm
5520@end example
5521
5522@item Use @samp{\()}
5523The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5524the following text. eg:
5525
5526@example
5527 .macro opcode base length
5528 \base\().\length
5529 .endm
5530@end example
5531
5532@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5533In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5534used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5535
5536@example
5537 .altmacro
5538 .macro label l
5539l&:
5540 .endm
5541@end example
6258339f 5542@end table
5e75c3ab 5543
96e9638b 5544Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5545also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5546and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5547
252b5132
RH
5548@item .endm
5549@cindex @code{endm} directive
5550Mark the end of a macro definition.
5551
5552@item .exitm
5553@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5554Exit early from the current macro definition.
5555
5556@cindex number of macros executed
5557@cindex macros, count executed
5558@item \@@
a4fb0134 5559@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5560executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5561output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5562
252b5132
RH
5563@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5564@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5565macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5566@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5567@end ftable
252b5132 5568
ccf8a69b
BW
5569@node MRI
5570@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5571
ccf8a69b
BW
5572@cindex @code{mri} directive
5573@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5574If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5575@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5576affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5577of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5578
caa32fe5
NC
5579@node Noaltmacro
5580@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5581Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5582
252b5132
RH
5583@node Nolist
5584@section @code{.nolist}
5585
5586@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5587@cindex listing control, turning off
5588Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5589not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5590internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5591counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5592generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5593
5594@node Octa
5595@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5596
5597@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5598@cindex @code{octa} directive
5599@cindex integer, 16-byte
5600@cindex sixteen byte integer
5601This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5602bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5603
5604The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5605hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5606
9aec2026
NC
5607@node Offset
5608@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5609
5610@cindex @code{offset} directive
5611Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5612be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5613symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5614directive.
9aec2026 5615
252b5132
RH
5616@node Org
5617@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5618
5619@cindex @code{org} directive
5620@cindex location counter, advancing
5621@cindex advancing location counter
5622@cindex current address, advancing
5623Advance the location counter of the current section to
5624@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5625expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5626you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5627wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5628with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5629@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5630is the same as the current subsection.
5631
5632@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5633unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5634backwards.
5635
5636@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5637@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5638@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5639Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5640may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5641a chance to share your improved assembler.
5642
5643Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5644to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5645people's assemblers.
5646
5647When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5648intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5649absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5650@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5651
5652@node P2align
5653@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5654
5655@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5656@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5657Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5658storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5659number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5660advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5661counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5662multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5663
5664The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5665padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5666padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5667marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5668with no-op instructions.
5669
5670The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5671it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5672directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5673specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5674fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5675required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5676with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5677
5678@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5679@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5680The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5681@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5682pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5683fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
56842,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5685filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5686the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5687undefined.
5688
ccf8a69b
BW
5689@ifset ELF
5690@node PopSection
5691@section @code{.popsection}
5692
5693@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5694@cindex Section Stack
5695This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5696@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5697@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5698(@pxref{Previous}).
5699
5700This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5701section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5702stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5703@end ifset
5704
c91d2e08
NC
5705@ifset ELF
5706@node Previous
5707@section @code{.previous}
5708
c1253627 5709@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5710@cindex Section Stack
5711This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5712@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5713@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5714(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5715
5716This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5717referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5718@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5719subsections). For example:
5720
5721@smallexample
5722.section A
5723 .subsection 1
5724 .word 0x1234
5725 .subsection 2
5726 .word 0x5678
5727.previous
5728 .word 0x9abc
5729@end smallexample
5730
5731Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5732section A. Whilst:
5733
5734@smallexample
5735.section A
5736.subsection 1
5737 # Now in section A subsection 1
5738 .word 0x1234
5739.section B
5740.subsection 0
5741 # Now in section B subsection 0
5742 .word 0x5678
5743.subsection 1
5744 # Now in section B subsection 1
5745 .word 0x9abc
5746.previous
5747 # Now in section B subsection 0
5748 .word 0xdef0
5749@end smallexample
5750
5751Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5752section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5753
5754In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5755the top section on the section stack.
5756@end ifset
5757
252b5132
RH
5758@node Print
5759@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5760
5761@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5762@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5763assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5764
c91d2e08
NC
5765@ifset ELF
5766@node Protected
5767@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5768
c1253627
NC
5769@cindex @code{protected} directive
5770@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5771This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5772@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5773
5774This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5775their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5776@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5777components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5778component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5779this.
c91d2e08
NC
5780@end ifset
5781
252b5132
RH
5782@node Psize
5783@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5784
5785@cindex @code{psize} directive
5786@cindex listing control: paper size
5787@cindex paper size, for listings
5788Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5789number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5790
5791If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5792of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5793default width is 200 columns.
5794
a4fb0134 5795@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5796lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5797@code{.eject}).
5798
5799If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5800those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5801
5802@node Purgem
5803@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5804
5805@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5806Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5807expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5808
c91d2e08
NC
5809@ifset ELF
5810@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5811@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5812
c1253627 5813@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5814@cindex Section Stack
5815This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5816@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5817@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5818(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5819
e9863d7f
DJ
5820This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5821top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5822subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5823@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5824as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5825@end ifset
5826
252b5132
RH
5827@node Quad
5828@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5829
5830@cindex @code{quad} directive
5831@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5832each bignum, it emits
5833@ifclear bignum-16
5834an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5835warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5836@cindex eight-byte integer
5837@cindex integer, 8-byte
5838
5839The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5840hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5841@end ifclear
5842@ifset bignum-16
5843a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5844warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5845@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5846@cindex integer, 16-byte
5847@end ifset
5848
05e9452c
AM
5849@node Reloc
5850@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5851
5852@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5853Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5854@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5855the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5856symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5857@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5858absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5859targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5860relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5861section.
5862
252b5132
RH
5863@node Rept
5864@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5865
5866@cindex @code{rept} directive
5867Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5868@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5869
5870For example, assembling
5871
5872@example
5873 .rept 3
5874 .long 0
5875 .endr
5876@end example
5877
5878is equivalent to assembling
5879
5880@example
5881 .long 0
5882 .long 0
5883 .long 0
5884@end example
5885
5886@node Sbttl
5887@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5888
5889@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5890@cindex subtitles for listings
5891@cindex listing control: subtitle
5892Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5893title line) when generating assembly listings.
5894
5895This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5896it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5897
5898@ifset COFF
5899@node Scl
5900@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5901
5902@cindex @code{scl} directive
5903@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5904@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5905Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5906used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5907whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5908symbolic debugging information.
5909@ifset BOUT
5910
5911The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5912configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5913accepts this directive but ignores it.
5914@end ifset
5915@end ifset
5916
c1253627 5917@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5918@node Section
c1253627 5919@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5920
252b5132
RH
5921@cindex named section
5922Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5923named @var{name}.
5924
5925This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5926named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5927with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5928
c1253627
NC
5929@ifset COFF
5930@ifset ELF
5931@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5932@subheading COFF Version
5933@end ifset
5934
5935@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5936For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5937ways:
c91d2e08 5938
252b5132
RH
5939@smallexample
5940.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5941.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5942@end smallexample
5943
5944If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5945section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5946@table @code
5947@item b
5948bss section (uninitialized data)
5949@item n
5950section is not loaded
5951@item w
5952writable section
5953@item d
5954data section
5955@item r
5956read-only section
5957@item x
5958executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5959@item s
5960shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5961@item a
5962ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5963@item y
5964section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5965@item 0-9
5966single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5967@end table
5968
5969If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5970the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5971loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5972from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5973will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5974
5975If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5976taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5977@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5978
5979@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5980@ifset COFF
5981@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5982@subheading ELF Version
5983@end ifset
5984
c91d2e08
NC
5985@cindex Section Stack
5986This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5987@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5988(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5989@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5990
c1253627 5991@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5992For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5993
252b5132 5994@smallexample
7047dd1e 5995.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5996@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5997
252b5132 5998The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5999combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6000@table @code
6001@item a
6002section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6003@item e
6004section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6005@item w
6006section is writable
6007@item x
6008section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6009@item M
6010section is mergeable
6011@item S
6012section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6013@item G
6014section is a member of a section group
6015@item T
6016section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6017@item ?
6018section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6019@end table
6020
6021The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6022@table @code
6023@item @@progbits
6024section contains data
6025@item @@nobits
6026section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6027@item @@note
6028section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6029@item @@init_array
6030section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6031@item @@fini_array
6032section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6033@item @@preinit_array
6034section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6035@end table
6036
10b016c2
PB
6037Many targets only support the first three section types.
6038
ececec60
NC
6039Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6040ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6041@code{%} character.
6042
22fe14ad 6043If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6044be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6045
6046@smallexample
6047.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6048@end smallexample
6049
6050Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6051constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6052@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6053@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6054the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6055absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6056which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6057@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6058@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6059
6060If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6061be present along with an additional field like this:
6062
6063@smallexample
6064.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6065@end smallexample
6066
6067The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6068particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6069@table @code
6070@item comdat
6071indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6072@item .gnu.linkonce
6073an alias for comdat
6074@end table
6075
96e9638b 6076Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6077the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6078
6079@smallexample
6080.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6081@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6082
01642c12
RM
6083If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6084@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6085present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6086this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6087@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6088If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6089
252b5132
RH
6090If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6091the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6092none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6093executable. The section will contain data.
6094
6095For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6096directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6097
252b5132
RH
6098@smallexample
6099.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6100@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6101
252b5132
RH
6102Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6103separated flags:
6104@table @code
6105@item #alloc
6106section is allocatable
6107@item #write
6108section is writable
6109@item #execinstr
6110section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6111@item #exclude
6112section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6113@item #tls
6114section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6115@end table
c91d2e08 6116
e9863d7f
DJ
6117This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6118contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6119some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6120work.
c1253627
NC
6121@end ifset
6122@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6123
6124@node Set
6125@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6126
6127@cindex @code{set} directive
6128@cindex symbol value, setting
6129Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6130changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6131@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6132flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6133
6134You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6135
6136If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6137file is the last value stored into it.
6138
3c9b82ba
NC
6139@ifset Z80
6140On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6141@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6142@end ifset
6143
252b5132
RH
6144@node Short
6145@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6146
6147@cindex @code{short} directive
6148@ifset GENERIC
6149@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6150@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6151
6152In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6153numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6154@end ifset
6155@ifclear GENERIC
6156@ifset W16
6157@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6158@end ifset
6159@ifset W32
6160This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6161a 16 bit number for each.
6162@end ifset
6163@end ifclear
6164
6165@node Single
6166@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6167
6168@cindex @code{single} directive
6169@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6170This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6171has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6172@ifset GENERIC
6173The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6174@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6175@end ifset
6176@ifclear GENERIC
6177@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6178On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6179numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6180@end ifset
6181@end ifclear
6182
c1253627 6183@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6184@node Size
c1253627 6185@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6186
c1253627
NC
6187This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6188
6189@ifset COFF
6190@ifset ELF
6191@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6192@subheading COFF Version
6193@end ifset
6194
6195@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6196For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6197@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6198
6199@smallexample
6200.size @var{expression}
6201@end smallexample
252b5132 6202
c91d2e08 6203@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6204@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6205@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6206ignores it.
6207@end ifset
c1253627 6208@end ifset
c91d2e08 6209
c1253627
NC
6210@ifset ELF
6211@ifset COFF
6212@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6213@subheading ELF Version
6214@end ifset
6215
6216@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6217For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6218
c1253627
NC
6219@smallexample
6220.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6221@end smallexample
6222
6223This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6224The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6225arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6226symbols.
c1253627
NC
6227@end ifset
6228@end ifset
252b5132 6229
252b5132
RH
6230@ifclear no-space-dir
6231@node Skip
6232@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6233
6234@cindex @code{skip} directive
6235@cindex filling memory
6236This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6237@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6238@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6239@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6240@end ifclear
252b5132 6241
ccf8a69b
BW
6242@node Sleb128
6243@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6244
6245@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6246@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6247compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6248symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6249
884f0d36 6250@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6251@node Space
6252@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6253
6254@cindex @code{space} directive
6255@cindex filling memory
6256This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6257@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6258and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6259as @samp{.skip}.
6260
6261@ifset HPPA
6262@quotation
6263@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6264targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6265Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6266@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6267for a summary.
6268@end quotation
6269@end ifset
6270@end ifclear
6271
252b5132
RH
6272@ifset have-stabs
6273@node Stab
6274@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6275
6276@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6277@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6278There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6279All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6280The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6281cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6282Up to five fields are required:
6283
6284@table @var
6285@item string
6286This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6287@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6288debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6289using this field.
6290
6291@item type
6292An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6293this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6294and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6295
6296@item other
6297An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6298low 8 bits of this expression.
6299
6300@item desc
6301An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6302bits of this expression.
6303
6304@item value
6305An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6306@end table
6307
6308If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6309or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6310you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6311compatible with earlier assemblers!
6312
6313@table @code
6314@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6315@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6316
6317The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6318It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6319null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6320strings.
6321
6322The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6323relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6324is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6325assembled.
6326
6327@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6328@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6329The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6330
6331@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6332@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6333All five fields are specified.
6334@end table
6335@end ifset
6336@c end have-stabs
6337
6338@node String
38a57ae7 6339@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6340"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6341
6342@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6343@cindex string8, copying to object file
6344@cindex string16, copying to object file
6345@cindex string32, copying to object file
6346@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6347@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6348@cindex @code{string8} directive
6349@cindex @code{string16} directive
6350@cindex @code{string32} directive
6351@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6352
6353Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6354one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6355particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6356You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6357
01642c12 6358The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6359the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6360copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6361are stored in target endianness byte order.
6362
6363Example:
6364@smallexample
6365 .string32 "BYE"
6366expands to:
6367 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6368 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6369@end smallexample
6370
6371
252b5132
RH
6372@node Struct
6373@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6374
6375@cindex @code{struct} directive
6376Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6377which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6378@smallexample
6379 .struct 0
6380field1:
6381 .struct field1 + 4
6382field2:
6383 .struct field2 + 4
6384field3:
6385@end smallexample
6386This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6387@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6388value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6389use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6390before further assembly.
6391
c91d2e08
NC
6392@ifset ELF
6393@node SubSection
6394@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6395
c1253627 6396@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6397@cindex Section Stack
6398This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6399@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6400@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6401(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6402
6403This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6404section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6405in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6406@end ifset
6407
252b5132
RH
6408@ifset ELF
6409@node Symver
6410@section @code{.symver}
6411@cindex @code{symver} directive
6412@cindex symbol versioning
6413@cindex versions of symbols
6414Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6415within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6416typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6417There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6418into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6419shared library.
6420
79082ff0 6421For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6422@smallexample
6423.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6424@end smallexample
339681c0 6425If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6426being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6427alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6428just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6429permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6430of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6431itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6432have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6433file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6434function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6435the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6436building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6437symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6438nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6439
6440If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6441references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6442reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6443symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6444
6445Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6446@smallexample
6447.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6448@end smallexample
6449In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6450the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6451difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6452references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6453
6454The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6455@smallexample
6456.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6457@end smallexample
6458When @var{name} is not defined within the
6459file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6460@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6461name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6462@end ifset
6463
6464@ifset COFF
6465@node Tag
6466@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6467
6468@cindex COFF structure debugging
6469@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6470@cindex @code{tag} directive
6471This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6472information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6473@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6474definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6475@ifset BOUT
6476
6477@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6478@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6479ignores it.
6480@end ifset
6481@end ifset
6482
6483@node Text
6484@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6485
6486@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6487Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6488the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6489expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6490is used.
6491
6492@node Title
6493@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6494
6495@cindex @code{title} directive
6496@cindex listing control: title line
6497Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6498source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6499
6500This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6501it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6502
c1253627 6503@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6504@node Type
c1253627
NC
6505@section @code{.type}
6506
6507This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6508
6509@ifset COFF
6510@ifset ELF
6511@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6512@subheading COFF Version
6513@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6514
6515@cindex COFF symbol type
6516@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6517@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6518For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6519@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6520
6521@smallexample
6522.type @var{int}
6523@end smallexample
6524
6525This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6526entry.
252b5132 6527
c91d2e08 6528@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6529@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6530@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6531directive but ignores it.
6532@end ifset
c1253627 6533@end ifset
c91d2e08 6534
c1253627
NC
6535@ifset ELF
6536@ifset COFF
6537@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6538@subheading ELF Version
6539@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6540
6541@cindex ELF symbol type
6542@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6543@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6544For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6545
6546@smallexample
6547.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6548@end smallexample
6549
6550This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6551function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6552supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6553compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6554
6555Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6556@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6557below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6558the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6559maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6560assemblers.
6561
6562The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6563
6564@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6565 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6566 .type <name>,#<type>
6567 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6568 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6569 .type <name>,"<type>"
6570@end smallexample
6571
6572The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6573
5671778d
NC
6574@table @gcctabopt
6575@item STT_FUNC
6576@itemx function
6577Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6578
d8045f23
NC
6579@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6580@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6581Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6582processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6583
5671778d
NC
6584@item STT_OBJECT
6585@itemx object
6586Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6587
6588@item STT_TLS
6589@itemx tls_object
6590Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6591
6592@item STT_COMMON
6593@itemx common
6594Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6595
6596@item STT_NOTYPE
6597@itemx notype
6598Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6599
3e7a7d11
NC
6600@item gnu_unique_object
6601Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6602will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6603name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6604systems).
3e7a7d11 6605
5671778d
NC
6606@end table
6607
6608Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6609
c1253627
NC
6610@end ifset
6611@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6612
6613@node Uleb128
6614@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6615
6616@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6617@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6618compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6619symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6620
6621@ifset COFF
6622@node Val
6623@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6624
6625@cindex @code{val} directive
6626@cindex COFF value attribute
6627@cindex value attribute, COFF
6628This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6629records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6630entry.
6631@ifset BOUT
6632
a4fb0134 6633@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6634configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6635@end ifset
6636@end ifset
6637
2e13b764 6638@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6639@node Version
6640@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6641
c1253627 6642@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6643This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6644formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6645@end ifset
2e13b764 6646
c91d2e08
NC
6647@ifset ELF
6648@node VTableEntry
6649@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6650
653cfe85 6651@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6652This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6653@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6654
c91d2e08
NC
6655@node VTableInherit
6656@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6657
653cfe85 6658@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6659This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6660@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6661parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6662parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6663@end ifset
2e13b764 6664
d190d046
HPN
6665@node Warning
6666@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6667@cindex warning directive
6668Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6669(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6670
c91d2e08
NC
6671@node Weak
6672@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6673
c1253627 6674@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6675This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6676@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6677
01642c12 6678On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6679directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6680@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6681
977cdf5a 6682On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6683When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6684alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6685
06e77878
AO
6686@node Weakref
6687@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6688
6689@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6690This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6691be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6692If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6693will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6694symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6695
6696The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6697assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6698symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6699resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6700had the references to the alias removed.
6701
6702The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6703within the assembler.
6704
252b5132
RH
6705@node Word
6706@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6707
6708@cindex @code{word} directive
6709This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6710separated by commas.
6711@ifclear GENERIC
6712@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6713For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6714@end ifset
6715@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6716For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6717@end ifset
6718@end ifclear
6719@ifset GENERIC
6720
6721The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6722depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6723@end ifset
6724
6725@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6726@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6727@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6728@cindex difference tables altered
6729@cindex altered difference tables
6730@quotation
6731@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6732@end quotation
6733
6734@ifset GENERIC
6735Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6736addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6737interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6738@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6739
6740@end ifset
6741In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6742@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6743Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6744compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6745directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6746@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6747creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6748This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6749first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6750of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6751table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6752contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6753@code{sym2}.
6754
6755If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6756secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6757@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6758long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6759and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6760minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6761entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6762
6763@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6764@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6765@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6766assembly language programmers.
6767@end ifset
6768@end ifset
6769@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6770
6771@node Deprecated
6772@section Deprecated Directives
6773
6774@cindex deprecated directives
6775@cindex obsolescent directives
6776One day these directives won't work.
6777They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6778@table @t
6779@item .abort
6780@item .line
6781@end table
6782
3a99f02f
DJ
6783@ifset ELF
6784@node Object Attributes
6785@chapter Object Attributes
6786@cindex object attributes
6787
6788@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6789into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6790Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6791point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6792requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6793passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6794hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6795generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6796newer generation at run-time.
6797
6798This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6799@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6800time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6801correctly.
6802
6803Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6804attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6805string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6806and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6807or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6808attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6809
6810Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6811The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6812
6813@menu
6814* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6815* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6816@end menu
6817
6818@node GNU Object Attributes
6819@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6820
6821The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6822with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6823
6824Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6825its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6826an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
68272} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6828architecture-dependent ones.
6829
6830@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6831
6832These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6833
6834@table @r
6835@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6836The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6837the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6838then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6839than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6840arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6841@end table
6842
6843@subsection MIPS Attributes
6844
6845@table @r
6846@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6847The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6848
6849@itemize @bullet
6850@item
68510 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6852@item
68531 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6854FPU.
6855@item
68562 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6857@item
68583 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6859@item
68604 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6861double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6862purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6863@end itemize
6864@end table
6865
6866@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6867
6868@table @r
6869@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6870The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6871
6872@itemize @bullet
6873@item
68740 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6875@item
3c7b9897 68761 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6877@item
68782 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6879@item
68803 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6881@end itemize
6882
6883@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6884The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6885
6886@itemize @bullet
6887@item
68880 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6889@item
68901 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6891@item
68922 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6893@item
68943 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6895@end itemize
6896@end table
6897
6898@node Defining New Object Attributes
6899@section Defining New Object Attributes
6900
6901If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6902will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6903mailing list.
6904
6905@itemize @bullet
6906@item
6907This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6908@item
6909The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6910@item
6911The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6912and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6913@item
6914Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6915@item
6916@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6917@item
6918GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6919@end itemize
6920
6921@end ifset
6922
252b5132
RH
6923@ifset GENERIC
6924@node Machine Dependencies
6925@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6926
6927@cindex machine dependencies
6928The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6929each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6930vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6931directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6932assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6933@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6934optimization.
6935
6936This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6937include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6938subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6939
6940@menu
a06ea964
NC
6941@ifset AARCH64
6942* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
6943@end ifset
625e1353
RH
6944@ifset ALPHA
6945* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6946@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6947@ifset ARC
6948* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6949@end ifset
6950@ifset ARM
6951* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6952@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6953@ifset AVR
6954* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6955@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6956@ifset Blackfin
6957* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6958@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6959@ifset CR16
6960* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6961@end ifset
8bf549a8 6962@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6963* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6964@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6965@ifset D10V
6966* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6967@end ifset
6968@ifset D30V
6969* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6970@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
6971@ifset EPIPHANY
6972* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
6973@end ifset
252b5132 6974@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6975* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6976@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6977@ifset HPPA
6978* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6979@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6980@ifset I370
6981* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6982@end ifset
252b5132 6983@ifset I80386
55b62671 6984* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6985@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6986@ifset I860
6987* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6988@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6989@ifset I960
6990* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6991@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6992@ifset IA64
6993* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6994@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6995@ifset IP2K
6996* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6997@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6998@ifset LM32
6999* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7000@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7001@ifset M32C
7002* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7003@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7004@ifset M32R
7005* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7006@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7007@ifset M680X0
7008* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7009@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7010@ifset M68HC11
7011* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7012@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7013@ifset MICROBLAZE
7014* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7015@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7016@ifset MIPS
7017* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7018@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7019@ifset MMIX
7020* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7021@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7022@ifset MSP430
7023* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7024@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7025@ifset NS32K
7026* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7027@end ifset
252b5132 7028@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7029* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7030* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7031@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7032@ifset PDP11
7033* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7034@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7035@ifset PJ
7036* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7037@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7038@ifset PPC
7039* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7040@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7041@ifset RL78
7042* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7043@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7044@ifset RX
7045* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7046@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7047@ifset S390
7048* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7049@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7050@ifset SCORE
7051* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7053@ifset SPARC
7054* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7055@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7056@ifset TIC54X
7057* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7058@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7059@ifset TIC6X
7060* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7061@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7062@ifset TILEGX
7063* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7064@end ifset
7065@ifset TILEPRO
7066* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7067@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7068@ifset V850
7069* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7070@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7071@ifset XGATE
7072* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7073@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7074@ifset XSTORMY16
7075* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7076@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7077@ifset XTENSA
7078* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7079@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7080@ifset Z80
7081* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7082@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7083@ifset Z8000
7084* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7085@end ifset
7086@ifset VAX
7087* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7088@end ifset
7089@end menu
7090
7091@lowersections
7092@end ifset
7093
7094@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7095@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7096@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7097@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7098@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7099@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7100@c in both conditional blocks.
7101
a06ea964
NC
7102@ifset AARCH64
7103@include c-aarch64.texi
7104@end ifset
7105
625e1353
RH
7106@ifset ALPHA
7107@include c-alpha.texi
7108@end ifset
7109
7110@ifset ARC
7111@include c-arc.texi
7112@end ifset
7113
252b5132
RH
7114@ifset ARM
7115@include c-arm.texi
7116@end ifset
7117
8473f7a4
DC
7118@ifset AVR
7119@include c-avr.texi
7120@end ifset
7121
3b4e1885 7122@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7123@include c-bfin.texi
7124@end ifset
7125
3d3d428f
NC
7126@ifset CR16
7127@include c-cr16.texi
7128@end ifset
7129
328eb32e
HPN
7130@ifset CRIS
7131@include c-cris.texi
7132@end ifset
7133
c2dcd04e 7134@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7135@ifclear GENERIC
7136@node Machine Dependencies
7137@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7138
c2dcd04e 7139The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7140and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7141chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7142family.
7143
7144@menu
c2dcd04e 7145* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7146* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7147@end menu
7148@lowersections
7149@end ifclear
7150@end ifset
7151
7152@ifset D10V
7153@include c-d10v.texi
7154@end ifset
7155
7156@ifset D30V
7157@include c-d30v.texi
7158@end ifset
7159
cfb8c092
NC
7160@ifset EPIPHANY
7161@include c-epiphany.texi
7162@end ifset
7163
252b5132
RH
7164@ifset H8/300
7165@include c-h8300.texi
7166@end ifset
7167
252b5132
RH
7168@ifset HPPA
7169@include c-hppa.texi
7170@end ifset
7171
5b93d8bb
AM
7172@ifset I370
7173@include c-i370.texi
7174@end ifset
7175
252b5132
RH
7176@ifset I80386
7177@include c-i386.texi
7178@end ifset
7179
e3308d0d
JE
7180@ifset I860
7181@include c-i860.texi
7182@end ifset
7183
252b5132
RH
7184@ifset I960
7185@include c-i960.texi
7186@end ifset
7187
9e32ca89
NC
7188@ifset IA64
7189@include c-ia64.texi
7190@end ifset
7191
a40cbfa3
NC
7192@ifset IP2K
7193@include c-ip2k.texi
7194@end ifset
7195
84e94c90
NC
7196@ifset LM32
7197@include c-lm32.texi
7198@end ifset
7199
49f58d10
JB
7200@ifset M32C
7201@include c-m32c.texi
7202@end ifset
7203
ec694b89
NC
7204@ifset M32R
7205@include c-m32r.texi
7206@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7207
7208@ifset M680X0
7209@include c-m68k.texi
7210@end ifset
7211
60bcf0fa
NC
7212@ifset M68HC11
7213@include c-m68hc11.texi
7214@end ifset
7215
01642c12 7216@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7217@include c-microblaze.texi
7218@end ifset
7219
252b5132
RH
7220@ifset MIPS
7221@include c-mips.texi
7222@end ifset
7223
3c3bdf30
NC
7224@ifset MMIX
7225@include c-mmix.texi
7226@end ifset
7227
2469cfa2
NC
7228@ifset MSP430
7229@include c-msp430.texi
7230@end ifset
7231
252b5132
RH
7232@ifset NS32K
7233@include c-ns32k.texi
7234@end ifset
7235
e135f41b
NC
7236@ifset PDP11
7237@include c-pdp11.texi
7238@end ifset
7239
041dd5a9
ILT
7240@ifset PJ
7241@include c-pj.texi
7242@end ifset
7243
418c1742
MG
7244@ifset PPC
7245@include c-ppc.texi
7246@end ifset
7247
99c513f6
DD
7248@ifset RL78
7249@include c-rl78.texi
7250@end ifset
7251
046d31c2
NC
7252@ifset RX
7253@include c-rx.texi
7254@end ifset
7255
11c19e16
MS
7256@ifset S390
7257@include c-s390.texi
7258@end ifset
7259
c0157db4
NC
7260@ifset SCORE
7261@include c-score.texi
7262@end ifset
7263
252b5132
RH
7264@ifset SH
7265@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7266@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7267@end ifset
7268
7269@ifset SPARC
7270@include c-sparc.texi
7271@end ifset
7272
39bec121
TW
7273@ifset TIC54X
7274@include c-tic54x.texi
7275@end ifset
7276
40b36596
JM
7277@ifset TIC6X
7278@include c-tic6x.texi
7279@end ifset
7280
aa137e4d
NC
7281@ifset TILEGX
7282@include c-tilegx.texi
7283@end ifset
7284
7285@ifset TILEPRO
7286@include c-tilepro.texi
7287@end ifset
7288
3c9b82ba
NC
7289@ifset Z80
7290@include c-z80.texi
7291@end ifset
7292
252b5132
RH
7293@ifset Z8000
7294@include c-z8k.texi
7295@end ifset
7296
7297@ifset VAX
7298@include c-vax.texi
7299@end ifset
7300
7301@ifset V850
7302@include c-v850.texi
7303@end ifset
7304
f6c1a2d5
NC
7305@ifset XGATE
7306@include c-xgate.texi
7307@end ifset
7308
6753e72f
NC
7309@ifset XSTORMY16
7310@include c-xstormy16.texi
7311@end ifset
7312
e0001a05
NC
7313@ifset XTENSA
7314@include c-xtensa.texi
7315@end ifset
7316
252b5132
RH
7317@ifset GENERIC
7318@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7319@raisesections
7320@end ifset
7321
7322@node Reporting Bugs
7323@chapter Reporting Bugs
7324@cindex bugs in assembler
7325@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7326
a4fb0134 7327Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7328
7329Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7330not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7331entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7332Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7333
7334In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7335information that enables us to fix the bug.
7336
7337@menu
7338* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7339* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7340@end menu
7341
7342@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7343@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7344@cindex bug criteria
7345
7346If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7347
7348@itemize @bullet
7349@cindex fatal signal
7350@cindex assembler crash
7351@cindex crash of assembler
7352@item
7353If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7354@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7355
7356@cindex error on valid input
7357@item
a4fb0134 7358If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7359
7360@cindex invalid input
7361@item
a4fb0134 7362If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7363is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7364be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7365
7366@item
7367If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7368of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7369@end itemize
7370
7371@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7372@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7373@cindex bug reports
7374@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7375
7376A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7377you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7378contact that organization first.
7379
7380You can find contact information for many support companies and
7381individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7382distribution.
7383
ad22bfe8 7384@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7385In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7386to @value{BUGURL}.
7387@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7388
7389The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7390@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7391fact or leave it out, state it!
7392
7393Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7394and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7395name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7396not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7397happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7398perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7399the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7400give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7401and the most helpful.
7402
7403Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7404it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7405that the bug has not been reported previously.
7406
7407Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7408bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7409respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7410You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7411
7412To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7413
7414@itemize @bullet
7415@item
a4fb0134 7416The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7417it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7418
7419Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7420the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7421
7422@item
a4fb0134 7423Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7424
7425@item
7426The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7427version number.
7428
7429@item
a4fb0134 7430What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7431``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7432
7433@item
7434The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7435observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7436all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7437
7438If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7439and then we might not encounter the bug.
7440
7441@item
7442A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7443the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7444high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7445when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7446the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7447file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7448@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7449
7450@item
7451A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7452incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7453
a4fb0134 7454Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7455will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7456notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7457make a mistake.
7458
7459Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7460explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7461@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7462library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7463would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7464would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7465expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7466observations.
7467
7468@item
a4fb0134 7469If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7470diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7471option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7472discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7473by line number.
7474
7475The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7476sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7477@end itemize
7478
7479Here are some things that are not necessary:
7480
7481@itemize @bullet
7482@item
7483A description of the envelope of the bug.
7484
7485Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7486which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7487changes will not affect it.
7488
7489This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7490will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7491with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7492We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7493
7494Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7495of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7496output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7497less time, and so on.
7498
7499However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7500report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7501
7502@item
7503A patch for the bug.
7504
7505A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7506the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7507a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7508to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7509
a4fb0134 7510Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7511construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7512the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7513one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7514
7515And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7516patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7517help us to understand.
7518
7519@item
7520A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7521
7522Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7523things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7524@end itemize
7525
7526@node Acknowledgements
7527@chapter Acknowledgements
7528
653cfe85 7529If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7530it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7531maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7532@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7533the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7534
7535Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7536more details?}
7537
7538Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7539information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7540extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7541
7542K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7543many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7544up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7545testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7546including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7547and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7548support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7549port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7550file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7551assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7552
7553Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7554in format-specific I/O modules.
7555
7556The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7557has done much work with it since.
7558
7559The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7560
7561Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7562
7563The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7564University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7565
7566Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7567(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7568(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7569support a.out format.
7570
7be1c489
AM
7571Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7572tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7573Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7574use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7575targets.
7576
7577John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7578simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7579updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7580fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7581remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7582cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7583required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7584
7585Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
758668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7587added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7588PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7589
653cfe85 7590Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7591
7592Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7593
7594Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7595along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7596formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7597the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7598
7599Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7600Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7601Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7602Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7603and some initial 64-bit support).
7604
c1253627 7605Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7606
252b5132
RH
7607Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7608support for openVMS/Alpha.
7609
39bec121
TW
7610Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7611flavors.
7612
e0001a05 7613David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7614Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7615
252b5132
RH
7616Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7617configuration enhancements.
7618
84e94c90
NC
7619Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7620
252b5132
RH
7621Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7622you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7623want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7624intentionally leaving anyone out.
7625
793c5807
NC
7626@node GNU Free Documentation License
7627@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7628@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7629
370b66a1
CD
7630@node AS Index
7631@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7632
7633@printindex cp
7634
252b5132
RH
7635@bye
7636@c Local Variables:
7637@c fill-column: 79
7638@c End:
This page took 1.171334 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.